Search the source libraries

Childhood maltreatment and unfavourable clinical outcomes in bipolar disorder: a systematic review and meta-analysis.

Background: Bipolar disorder affects up to one in 25 individuals and identification of early risk indicators of negative outcomes could facilitate early detection of patients with greatest clinical needs and risk. We aimed to investigate the association between childhood maltreatment and key negative outcomes in patients with bipolar disorder. Methods: For this systematic review and meta-analysis we searched MEDLINE, PsycINFO, and Embase to identify articles published before Jan 1, 2015, examining the association of maltreatment (physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, neglect, or family conflict) before age 18 years with clinical features and course of illness in bipolar disorder. Data were extracted from published reports and any missing information was requested from investigators. We did 12 independent random-effects meta-analyses to quantify the associations between childhood maltreatment and course of illness or clinical features. Findings: We initially identified 527 records and after unsuitable studies were removed, our search yielded 148 publications of which 30 were used in the meta-analysis. Patients with bipolar disorder and history of childhood maltreatment had greater mania severity (six studies, 780 participants; odds ratio [OR] 2·02, 95% CI 1·21-3·39, p=0·008), greater depression severity (eight studies, 1007 participants; 1·57, 1·25-1·99, p=0·0001), greater psychosis severity (seven studies, 1494 participants; 1·49, 1·10-2·04, p=0·011), higher risk of comorbidity with post-traumatic stress disorder (eight studies, 2494 participants; 3·60, 2·45-5·30, p<0·0001), anxiety disorders (seven studies, 5091 participants; 1·90, 1·39-2·61, p<0·0001), substance misuse disorders (11 studies, 5469 participants; 1·84, 1·41-2·39, p<0·0001), alcohol misuse disorder (eight studies, 5040 participants; 1·44, 1·13-1·83, p=0·003), earlier age of bipolar disorder onset (14 studies, 5733 participants; 1·85, 1·43-2·40, p<0·0001), higher risk of rapid cycling (eight studies, 3010 participants; 1·89, 1·45-2·48, p<0·0001), greater number of manic episodes (seven studies, 3909 participants; 1·26, 1·09-1·47, p=0·003), greater number of depressive episodes (eight studies, 4025 participants; 1·38, 1·07-1·79, p=0·013), and higher risk of suicide attempt (13 studies, 3422 participants; 2·25, 1·88-2·70, p<0·0001) compared with those with bipolar disorder without childhood maltreatment. Overall, these associations were not explained by publication bias, undue effects of individual studies, or variation in study quality. Interpretation: Childhood maltreatment predicts unfavourable clinical features and course of illness in patients with bipolar disorder. Funding: None.

The lancet. Psychiatry · meta-analysis · 278 citationsread the source →

Impact of viral epidemic outbreaks on mental health of healthcare workers: a rapid systematic review and meta-analysis.

Background: This study aimed at examining the impact of providing healthcare during health emergencies caused by viral epidemic outbreaks on healthcare workers' (HCWs) mental health; to identify factors associated with worse impact, and; to assess the available evidence base regarding interventions to reduce such impact. Method: Rapid systematic review. We searched MEDLINE, Embase, and PsycINFO (inception to August 2020). We pooled data using random-effects meta-analyses to estimate the prevalence of specific mental health problems, and used GRADE to ascertain the certainty of evidence. Results: We included 117 studies. The pooled prevalence was higher for acute stress disorder (40% (95%CI 39 to 41%)), followed by anxiety (30%, (30 to 31%)), burnout (28% (26 to 31%)), depression (24% (24 to 25%)), and post-traumatic stress disorder (13% (13 to 14%)). We identified factors associated with the likelihood of developing those problems, including sociodemographic (younger age and female gender), social (lack of social support, stigmatization), and occupational (working in a high-risk environment, specific occupational roles, and lower levels of specialised training and job experience) factors. Four studies reported interventions for frontline HCW: two educational interventions increased confidence in pandemic self-efficacy and in interpersonal problems solving (very low certainty), whereas one multifaceted intervention improved anxiety, depression, and sleep quality (very low certainty). Limitations: We only searched three databases, and the initial screening was undertaken by a single reviewer. Conclusion: Given the very limited evidence regarding the impact of interventions to tackle mental health problems in HCWs, the risk factors identified represent important targets for future interventions.

Journal of affective disorders · meta-analysis · 337 citationsread the source →

Comparisons of Interventions for Preventing Falls in Older Adults: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis.

Importance: Falls result in substantial burden for patients and health care systems, and given the aging of the population worldwide, the incidence of falls continues to rise. Objective: To assess the potential effectiveness of interventions for preventing falls. Data sources: MEDLINE, Embase, Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, and Ageline databases from inception until April 2017. Reference lists of included studies were scanned. Study selection: Randomized clinical trials (RCTs) of fall-prevention interventions for participants aged 65 years and older. Data extraction and synthesis: Pairs of reviewers independently screened the studies, abstracted data, and appraised risk of bias. Pairwise meta-analysis and network meta-analysis were conducted. Main outcomes and measures: Injurious falls and fall-related hospitalizations. Results: A total of 283 RCTs (159 910 participants; mean age, 78.1 years; 74% women) were included after screening of 10 650 titles and abstracts and 1210 full-text articles. Network meta-analysis (including 54 RCTs, 41 596 participants, 39 interventions plus usual care) suggested that the following interventions, when compared with usual care, were associated with reductions in injurious falls: exercise (odds ratio [OR], 0.51 [95% CI, 0.33 to 0.79]; absolute risk difference [ARD], -0.67 [95% CI, -1.10 to -0.24]); combined exercise and vision assessment and treatment (OR, 0.17 [95% CI, 0.07 to 0.38]; ARD, -1.79 [95% CI, -2.63 to -0.96]); combined exercise, vision assessment and treatment, and environmental assessment and modification (OR, 0.30 [95% CI, 0.13 to 0.70]; ARD, -1.19 [95% CI, -2.04 to -0.35]); and combined clinic-level quality improvement strategies (eg, case management), multifactorial assessment and treatment (eg, comprehensive geriatric assessment), calcium supplementation, and vitamin D supplementation (OR, 0.12 [95% CI, 0.03 to 0.55]; ARD, -2.08 [95% CI, -3.56 to -0.60]). Pairwise meta-analyses for fall-related hospitalizations (2 RCTs; 516 participants) showed no significant association between combined clinic- and patient-level quality improvement strategies and multifactorial assessment and treatment relative to usual care (OR, 0.78 [95% CI, 0.33 to 1.81]). Conclusions and relevance: Exercise alone and various combinations of interventions were associated with lower risk of injurious falls compared with usual care. Choice of fall-prevention intervention may depend on patient and caregiver values and preferences.

JAMA · systematic review · 388 citationsread the source →

Neurofeedback, sham neurofeedback, and cognitive-behavioural group therapy in adults with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder: a triple-blind, randomised, controlled trial.

Background: Many studies suggest that electroencephalographic (EEG) neurofeedback might be beneficial in the treatment of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). However, numbers of well controlled studies are low and neurofeedback techniques are regarded as highly controversial. The present trial examined the efficacy (compared with sham neurofeedback) and efficiency (compared with meta-cognitive therapy) of a standard EEG neurofeedback protocol in adults with ADHD. Methods: We did a concurrent, triple-blind, randomised, controlled trial using authorised deception in adults with ADHD from one centre (University of Tübingen) in Tübingen, Germany. Participants were eligible if they fulfilled the DSM-IV-TR criteria for ADHD, were aged between 18 years and 60 years, and had no or stable use of medication for at least 2 months with no intention to change. We excluded participants who had comorbid schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, epilepsy, or traumatic brain injury; substance abuse or dependence; or current or planned other psychological treatment. Those eligible were randomly assigned to three groups: a neurofeedback group which received 30 verum θ-to-β neurofeedback sessions over 15 weeks, a sham neurofeedback group which received 15 sham followed by 15 verum θ-to-β neurofeedback sessions over 15 weeks, or a meta-cognitive group therapy group which received 12 sessions over 12 weeks. Participants were assigned equally to one of the three interventions through a computerised minimisation randomisation procedure stratified by sex, age, and baseline symptom severity of ADHD. Participants were masked as to whether they were receiving neurofeedback or sham neurofeedback, but those receiving meta-cognitive therapy were aware of their treatment. Clinical assessors (ie, those assessing outcomes) and research staff who did the neurofeedback training were masked to participants' randomisation status only for neurofeedback and sham neurofeedback. The primary outcome was symptom score on the Conners' adult ADHD rating scale, assessed before treatment, at midtreatment (after 8 weeks), after treatment (after 16 weeks), and 6 months later. All individuals with at least one observation after randomisation were included in the analyses. This trial is registered with ClinicalTrials.gov, number NCT01883765. Findings: Between Feb 1, 2013, and Dec 1, 2015, 761 people were assessed for eligibility. 656 (86%) were excluded and 118 (15%) were eligible for participation in this study. Eligible participants were randomly assigned to neurofeedback (38 [32%]), sham neurofeedback (39 [33%]), or meta-cognitive therapy (41 [35%]). 37 (97%) individuals for neurofeedback, 38 (97%) for sham neurofeedback, and 38 (93%) for meta-cognitive therapy were included in analyses. Self-reported ADHD symptoms decreased substantially for all treatment groups (B=-2·58 [95% CI -3·48 to -1·68]; p<0·0001) between pretreatment and the end of 6 month follow-up, independent of treatment condition (neurofeedback vs sham neurofeedback B=-0·89 [95% CI -2·14 to 0·37], p=0·168; neurofeedback vs meta-cognitive therapy -0·30 [-1·55 to 0·95], p=0·639). No treatment-related or trial-related serious adverse events were reported. Interpretation: Our findings suggest that neurofeedback training is not superior to a sham condition or group psychotherapy. All three treatments were equivalently effective in reducing ADHD symptoms. This first randomised, sham-controlled trial did not show any specific effects of neurofeedback on ADHD symptoms in adults. Funding: German Research Foundation.

The lancet. Psychiatry · randomised controlled trial · 91 citationsread the source →

Effects of a Home-Based and Volunteer-Administered Physical Training, Nutritional, and Social Support Program on Malnutrition and Frailty in Older Persons: A Randomized Controlled Trial.

Objectives: The aim of this study was to examine the effects of a home-based and volunteer-administered physical training and nutritional intervention program compared with social support intervention on nutritional and frailty status in prefrail and frail community-dwelling older persons. Design: This was a randomized controlled trial in which community-dwelling persons (mean age = 83 years) were recruited and randomly assigned to the physical training and nutritional intervention group (PTN, n = 39) and the social support group (SoSu, n = 41). The study was conducted by trained lay nonprofessionals. Setting: The community-dwelling older persons in both groups were visited twice a week by trained nonprofessional volunteers (buddies) in Vienna, Austria. Participants: Eighty prefrail and frail adults aged 65 years or older. Intervention: In the PTN group, both the buddies and older persons performed 6 strength exercises within a circuit training session and discussed nutrition-related aspects. The active control group (SoSu) had the opportunity to perform cognitive training in addition to the social contact. Measurements: Outcome measures as nutritional (Mini Nutritional Assessment long form [MNA-LF]) and frailty status (Frailty Instrument for Primary Care of the Survey of Health, Ageing and Retirement in Europe [SHARE-FI]) were obtained at baseline and after 12 weeks. Results: Significant improvements in the MNA-LF score (1.54 points, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.51-2.56; P = .004) and the SHARE-FI score (-0.71 discrete factor score values, 95% CI -1.07, -0.35; P < .001) were observed in the PTN group after 12 weeks. In both groups, the prevalence of impaired nutritional status and frailty decreased significantly over time. The prevalence of impaired nutritional status decreased by 25% in the PTN group and by 23% in the SoSu group. Moreover, the prevalence of frailty decreased by 17% in the PTN group and by 16% in the SoSu group. The presence of impaired nutritional status at baseline was independently associated with greater changes in the nutritional (adjusted odds ratio [OR] 3.18, 95% CI 1.26-7.98; P = .014) and frailty status (adjusted OR 3.16, 95% CI 1.01-9.93; P = .049) after 12 weeks. Conclusion: The results indicate that a home-based physical training, nutritional, and social support intervention conducted by nonprofessionals is feasible and can help to tackle malnutrition and frailty in older persons living at home. Furthermore, social support alone also can result in improvement. In particular, older adults with impaired nutritional status at baseline can benefit more from the intervention. Such a home visit program might also have the potential to prevent future health risks and could allay isolation and loneliness.

Journal of the American Medical Directors Association · randomised controlled trial · 126 citationsread the source →

The effect of communication change on long-term reductions in child exposure to conflict: impact of the promoting strong African American families (ProSAAF) program.

African American couples (n = 331) with children, 89% of whom were married, were assigned to either (a) a culturally sensitive couple- and parenting-enhancement program (ProSAAF) or (b) an information-only control condition in which couples received self-help materials. Husbands averaged 41 years of age and wives averaged 39 years. We found significant effects of program participation in the short term on couple communication, which was targeted by the intervention, as well as over the long term, on self-reported arguing in front of children. Long-term parenting outcomes were fully mediated by changes in communication for wives, but not for husbands. For husbands, positive change depended on amount of wife reported change. We conclude that wives' changes in communication from baseline to posttest may be more pivotal for the couples' long-term experience of decreased arguing in front of children than are husbands' changes, with wives' changes leading to changes in both partners' reports of arguments in front of children.

Family process · randomised controlled trial · 15 citationsread the source →

Maladaptive coping, adaptive coping, and depressive symptoms: variations across age and depressive state.

Rumination has consistently been found to be associated with the onset and duration of major depressive episodes. Little research, however, has examined factors that may weaken the association between maladaptive coping, such as rumination, and depressive symptoms. In three samples of participants, including 149 never-depressed adolescent girls, 41 never-depressed women, and 39 depressed women, we examined whether generally adaptive forms of coping interacted with generally maladaptive forms of coping to predict depressive symptoms. Age-appropriate measures of coping and depression were administered to participants in each sample. In never-depressed females, maladaptive coping/rumination were more strongly related to depressive symptoms in the presence of lower levels of adaptive coping. The relation between depression and maladaptive coping/rumination was weaker in the context of higher levels of adaptive coping. In contrast, for the depressed females, we found main effects for rumination and adaptive coping, with higher levels of rumination and lower levels of adaptive coping being associated with higher levels of depressive symptoms. The present findings highlight how adaptive coping and maladaptive coping, including rumination, differentially relate to each other and depressive symptoms depending on individuals' current depressive state.

Behaviour research and therapy · cohort or longitudinal · 111 citationsread the source →

The effects of a sleep-focused smartphone application on insomnia and depressive symptoms: a randomised controlled trial and mediation analysis.

Background: Rates of depression are increasing among adolescents. A novel way to reduce depression is by improving sleep. We evaluated whether an app-based intervention for insomnia improved sleep and depression, and whether changes in insomnia mediated changes in depression. Methods: We conducted a 2-arm single-blind randomised controlled trial at the Black Dog Institute in Australia. Adolescents 12-16 years experiencing insomnia symptoms were randomly allocated to receive Sleep Ninja, an app-delivered cognitive behavioural therapy program for insomnia, or to an active control group involving weekly text message sleep tips. Assessments took place at baseline, 6 weeks (post-intervention) and 14 weeks (post-baseline). Co-primary outcomes were symptoms of insomnia and depression at post-intervention (primary endpoint). Intent-to-treat analyses were conducted. The trial is registered with the Australian and New Zealand Clinical Trials Registry, number ACTRN12619001462178. Results: Between October 25, 2019, and September 6, 2020, 264 participants were randomised to receive Sleep Ninja (n = 131) or to the control group (n = 133). Relative to the control group, those allocated to the intervention reported a greater reduction in insomnia symptoms at 6 weeks (95% CI: -2.96 to -0.41, d = .41) and 14 weeks (95% CI: -3.34 to -0.19, d = .39), and a greater reduction in depression symptoms at 6 weeks (95% CI: -3.46 to -0.56, d = .28) but not 14 weeks (p < 1). Change in insomnia mediated change in depression. No adverse events were reported. Conclusions: An app-delivered program for insomnia could be a practical, non-stigmatising and scalable way to reduce symptoms of insomnia and depression among adolescents experiencing difficulties getting enough good quality sleep.

Journal of child psychology and psychiatry, and allied disciplines · randomised controlled trial · 26 citationsread the source →

Medicinal plants used by women in Mecca: urban, Muslim and gendered knowledge.

Background: This study explores medicinal plant knowledge and use among Muslim women in the city of Mecca, Saudi Arabia. Ethnobotanical research in the region has focused on rural populations and male herbal healers in cities, and based on these few studies, it is suggested that medicinal plant knowledge may be eroding. Here, we document lay, female knowledge of medicinal plants in an urban centre, interpreting findings in the light of the growing field of urban ethnobotany and gendered knowledge and in an Islamic context. Methods: Free-listing, structured and semi-structured interviews were used to document the extent of medicinal plant knowledge among 32 Meccan women. Vernacular names, modes of preparation and application, intended therapeutic use and emic toxicological remarks were recorded. Women were asked where they learnt about medicinal plants and if and when they preferred using medicinal plants over biomedical resources. Prior informed consent was always obtained. We compared the list of medicinal plants used by these Meccan women with medicinal plants previously documented in published literature. Results: One hundred eighteen vernacular names were collected, corresponding to approximately 110 plants, including one algae. Of these, 95 were identified at the species level and 39 (41%) had not been previously cited in Saudi Arabian medicinal plant literature. Almost one half of the plants cited are food and flavouring plants. Meccan women interviewed learn about medicinal plants from their social network, mass media and written sources, and combine biomedical and medicinal plant health care. However, younger women more often prefer biomedical resources and learn from written sources and mass media. Conclusions: The fairly small number of interviews conducted in this study was sufficient to reveal the singular body of medicinal plant knowledge held by women in Mecca and applied to treat common ailments. Plant availability in local shops and markets and inclusion in religious texts seem to shape the botanical diversity used by the Meccan women interviewed, and the use of foods and spices medicinally could be a global feature of urban ethnobotany. Ethnobotanical knowledge among women in Islamic communities may be changing due to access to mass media and biomedicine. We recognise the lack of documentation of the diversity of medicinal plant knowledge in the Arabian Peninsula and an opportunity to better understand gendered urban and rural knowledge.

Journal of ethnobiology and ethnomedicine · 14 citationsread the source →

Shared care across the interface between primary and specialty care in management of long term conditions.

Background: Shared care has been used in the management of many chronic conditions with the assumption that it delivers better care than primary or specialty care alone; however, little is known about the effectiveness of shared care. Objectives: To determine the effectiveness of shared care health service interventions designed to improve the management of chronic disease across the primary/specialty care interface. This is an update of a previously published review. Secondary questions include the following:1. Which shared care interventions or portions of shared care interventions are most effective?2. What do the most effective systems have in common? Search methods: We searched MEDLINE, Embase and the Cochrane Library to 12 October 2015. Selection criteria: One review author performed the initial abstract screen; then two review authors independently screened and selected studies for inclusion. We considered randomised controlled trials (RCTs), non-randomised controlled trials (NRCTs), controlled before-after studies (CBAs) and interrupted time series analyses (ITS) evaluating the effectiveness of shared care interventions for people with chronic conditions in primary care and community settings. The intervention was compared with usual care in that setting. Data collection and analysis: Two review authors independently extracted data from the included studies, evaluated study quality and judged the certainty of the evidence using the GRADE approach. We conducted a meta-analysis of results when possible and carried out a narrative synthesis of the remainder of the results. We presented the results in a 'Summary of findings' table, using a tabular format to show effect sizes for all outcome types. Main results: We identified 42 studies of shared care interventions for chronic disease management (N = 18,859), 39 of which were RCTs, two CBAs and one an NRCT. Of these 42 studies, 41 examined complex multi-faceted interventions and lasted from six to 24 months. Overall, our confidence in results regarding the effectiveness of interventions ranged from moderate to high certainty. Results showed probably few or no differences in clinical outcomes overall with a tendency towards improved blood pressure management in the small number of studies on shared care for hypertension, chronic kidney disease and stroke (mean difference (MD) 3.47, 95% confidence interval (CI) 1.68 to 5.25)(based on moderate-certainty evidence). Mental health outcomes improved, particularly in response to depression treatment (risk ratio (RR) 1.40, 95% confidence interval (CI) 1.22 to 1.62; six studies, N = 1708) and recovery from depression (RR 2.59, 95% CI 1.57 to 4.26; 10 studies, N = 4482) in studies examining the 'stepped care' design of shared care interventions (based on high-certainty evidence). Investigators noted modest effects on mean depression scores (standardised mean difference (SMD) -0.29, 95% CI -0.37 to -0.20; six studies, N = 3250). Differences in patient-reported outcome measures (PROMs), processes of care and participation and default rates in shared care services were probably limited (based on moderate-certainty evidence). Studies probably showed little or no difference in hospital admissions, service utilisation and patient health behaviours (with evidence of moderate certainty). Authors' conclusions: This review suggests that shared care improves depression outcomes and probably has mixed or limited effects on other outcomes. Methodological shortcomings, particularly inadequate length of follow-up, may account in part for these limited effects. Review findings support the growing evidence base for shared care in the management of depression, particularly stepped care models of shared care. Shared care interventions for other conditions should be developed within research settings, with account taken of the complexity of such interventions and awareness of the need to carry out longer studies to test effectiveness and sustainability over time.

The Cochrane database of systematic reviews · meta-analysis · 56 citationsread the source →

Digital Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia Using a Smartphone Application in China: A Pilot Randomized Clinical Trial.

Importance: Digital cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia (DCBT-I) requires adaptation to different sociocultural contexts. Moreover, studies comparing DCBT-I and sleep education in the same operating interface are lacking. Objective: To investigate the efficacy of a smartphone-based Chinese culture-adapted DCBT-I application (app) for insomnia compared with sleep education using the same app. Design, setting, and participants: This was a single-blinded, randomized clinical trial conducted from March 2021 to January 2022. Screening and randomization were conducted at Peking University First Hospital. Follow-up visits were performed online or in the same hospital. After assessing for eligibility, eligible participants were enrolled and allocated (1:1) to DCBT-I or sleep education groups. Data were analyzed from January to February 2022. Interventions: A Chinese smartphone-based app with the same interface was used in both DCBT-I and sleep education groups over 6 weeks, with 1-, 3-, and 6-month follow-ups. Main outcomes and measures: The primary outcome was Insomnia Severity Index (ISI) scores with the intention-to-treat principle. Secondary and exploratory outcomes included sleep diary measures; self-reported scales assessing dysfunctional beliefs about sleep, mental health, and quality of life; and smart bracelet measures. Results: Of 82 participants (mean [SD] age, 49.67 [14.49] years; 61 [74.4%] females), with 41 randomized to sleep education and 41 randomized to DCBT-I; 77 participants completed the 6-week intervention (39 participants in the sleep education group and 38 participants in the DCBT-I group; full analysis data set) and 73 completed the 6-month follow-up (per protocol data set). Mean (SD) ISI scores in the DCBT-I group were significantly lower than those in the sleep education group after the 6-week intervention (12.7 [4.8] points vs 14.9 [5.0] points; Cohen d = 0.458; P = .048) and at the 3-month follow-up (12.1 [5.4] points vs 14.8 [5.5] points; Cohen d = 0.489; P = .04). There were significant improvements from before to after the intervention for both the sleep education and DCBT-I groups, with large effect sizes(sleep education: d = 1.13; DCBT-I: d = 1.71). Some of the sleep diary measures and self-reported scales showed more improvements in the DCBT-I group than sleep education group, such as total sleep time (mean [SD]: 3 months, 403.9 [57.6] minutes vs 363.2 [72.3] minutes; 6 months, 420.3 [58.0] minutes vs 389.7 [59.4] minutes) and sleep efficiency (mean [SD]: 3 months, 87.4% [8.3%] vs 76.7% [12.1%]; 6 months, 87.5% [8.2%] vs 78.1% [10.9%]). Conclusions and relevance: In this randomized clinical trial, the smartphone-based Chinese culture-adapted DCBT-I improved insomnia severity compared with sleep education. Future multicenter clinical trials with large sample sizes are needed to validate its effectiveness in the Chinese population. Trial registration: ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier: NCT04779372.

JAMA network open · randomised controlled trial · 36 citationsread the source →

The importance of mindfulness in psychosocial distress and quality of life in dermatology patients.

Background: Mindfulness, defined as purposively and nonjudgementally paying attention in the present moment, could be used within psychosocial interventions to reduce the distress associated with social anxiety and avoidance found in many skin conditions. However, little is known about the relationship between naturally occurring levels of mindfulness and distress in dermatology patients. Objectives: To examine the relationship between mindfulness and psychosocial distress in a dermatological population. It was hypothesized that higher levels of mindfulness would be associated with lower levels of social anxiety, anxiety, depression and skin shame, and with better quality of life. Methods: Adult dermatology outpatients (n = 120) from one hospital completed items assessing subjective severity, skin shame, fear of negative evaluation, anxiety and depression, quality of life, and levels of mindfulness. Results: Considering depression, 14% reported mild, 5% moderate and 2·5% severe symptoms. For anxiety, 22% reported mild, 23% moderate and 6% severe symptoms. In addition, 33·4% reported clinically significant social anxiety. After controlling for subjective severity, mindfulness explained an additional 19% of the variance in depression, 39% in anxiety, 41% in social anxiety, 13% in skin shame and 6% in dermatological quality of life. One specific facet of mindfulness (acting with awareness) was found to be the most consistent predictor of distress. Conclusions: The findings indicate that higher levels of mindfulness are associated with lower distress. This suggests that facilitating mindfulness may be helpful in reducing distress in dermatology patients, and the use of mindfulness techniques warrants further investigation.

The British journal of dermatology · 40 citationsread the source →

Potential impact of midwives in preventing and reducing maternal and neonatal mortality and stillbirths: a Lives Saved Tool modelling study.

Background: Strengthening the capacity of midwives to deliver high-quality maternal and newborn health services has been highlighted as a priority by global health organisations. To support low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs) in their decisions about investments in health, we aimed to estimate the potential impact of midwives on reducing maternal and neonatal deaths and stillbirths under several intervention coverage scenarios. Methods: For this modelling study, we used the Lives Saved Tool to estimate the number of deaths that would be averted by 2035, if coverage of health interventions that can be delivered by professional midwives were scaled up in 88 countries that account for the vast majority of the world's maternal and neonatal deaths and stillbirths. We used four scenarios to assess the effects of increasing the coverage of midwife-delivered interventions by a modest amount (10% every 5 years), a substantial amount (25% every 5 years), and the amount needed to reach universal coverage of these interventions (ie, to 95%); and the effects of coverage attrition (a 2% decrease every 5 years). We grouped countries in three equal-sized groups according to their Human Development Index. Group A included the 30 countries with the lowest HDI, group B included 29 low-to-medium HDI countries, and group C included 29 medium-to-high HDI countries. Findings: We estimated that, relative to current coverage, a substantial increase in coverage of midwife-delivered interventions could avert 41% of maternal deaths, 39% of neonatal deaths, and 26% of stillbirths, equating to 2·2 million deaths averted per year by 2035. Even a modest increase in coverage of midwife-delivered interventions could avert 22% of maternal deaths, 23% of neonatal deaths, and 14% of stillbirths, equating to 1·3 million deaths averted per year by 2035. Relative to current coverage, universal coverage of midwife-delivered interventions would avert 67% of maternal deaths, 64% of neonatal deaths, and 65% of stillbirths, allowing 4·3 million lives to be saved annually by 2035. These deaths averted would be particularly concentrated in the group B countries, which currently account for a large proportion of the world's population and have high mortality rates compared with group C. Interpretation: Midwives can help to substantially reduce maternal and neonatal mortality and stillbirths in LMICs. However, to realise this potential, midwives need to have skills and competencies in line with recommendations from the International Confederation of Midwives, to be part of a team of sufficient size and skill, and to work in an enabling environment. Our study highlights the potential of midwives but there are many challenges to the achievement of this potential. If increased coverage of midwife-delivered interventions can be achieved, health systems will be better able to provide effective coverage of essential sexual, reproductive, maternal, newborn, and adolescent health interventions. Funding: New Venture Fund.

The Lancet. Global health · 263 citationsread the source →

The relevance of cognitive emotion regulation to psychotic symptoms - A systematic review and meta-analysis.

Numerous studies emphasise the pivotal role of negative affect in the formation and maintenance of positive symptoms, which moves emotion regulation (ER) as a contributing factor into focus. We systematically reviewed and meta-analysed case-control studies reporting cross-sectional, correlative and experimental data of ER strategies in patients with psychotic disorders. In total, 42 studies were eligible, providing data for 2498 subjects and 3381 healthy controls. Questionnaire-based cross-sectional data (k=39) indicated strongest effects for rumination (g=-0,67 [-0,85 to -0,48]), self-blaming (g=-0,56; [-0,76 to -0,37]) and distraction (g=0,55 [0,11 to 0,98]). Suppression was more frequently (g=-0,36 [-0,56 to -0,16]) and cognitive reappraisal less frequently used (g=0,41 [0,28 to 0,55]), but heterogeneity was high. Correlative data (k=6) supported the assumption of an association between maladaptive strategies and positive symptoms (r=0,34 [0,22 to 0,44]). Less evidence of group differences was found in the experimental studies (k=3). The findings support the notion that ER is markedly impaired in patients with psychotic disorders. However, future research will need to further clarify the extent to which difficulties continue to exist after controlling for context and emotion intensity. The large effects for rumination and self-blaming point to promising treatment targets but also raise questions concerning the specifity of findings.

Clinical psychology review · meta-analysis · 81 citationsread the source →

Effects of controlled school-based multi-component model of nutrition and lifestyle interventions on behavior modification, anthropometry and metabolic risk profile of urban Asian Indian adolescents in North India.

Background/objectives: To study the effectiveness of a multi-component intervention model of nutrition and lifestyle education on behavior modification, anthropometry and metabolic risk profile of urban Asian-Indian adolescents in North India. Subjects/methods: Two schools matched for student strength and middle socioeconomic strata were randomly allocated to intervention and control group. Changes in nutrition-related knowledge, attitude, lifestyle practices, food frequency and body image of eleventh-grade students (15-17 years) in both schools were tested using a validated questionnaire. Anthropometric and biochemical measurements were made using standard methods. Segmental body composition analysis was carried out using an 8-electrode multifrequency bioelectrical impedance method of body fat estimation. Results: At 6 months follow-up, significant improvement in several domains of knowledge was observed in intervention children (n=99; males=60; females=39) as compared with control school children (n=102; males=61; females=41). In the intervention group, significantly lower proportion of children consumed aerated drinks (15.1%; P<0.001) and energy-dense unhealthy foods (8.9%; P=0.03), whereas significantly higher proportion brought tiffin (packed lunch) to school (14.9%; P=0.004) and brought a fruit in their tiffin (30.7%; P<0.001) as compared with the control group. Significant decrease in mean waist circumference (P=0.02, 95% confidence interval (CI)=-2.43,-0.17), sagittal abdominal diameter (P<0.001, 95% CI=-0.82,-0.09), waist-to-hip ratio (P=0.02, 95% CI=-0.03,-0.004) and fasting blood glucose (P=0.05, 95% CI=-0.09, 5.00) was seen in intervention as compared with control school children. Conclusions: Multi-component model of nutrition and lifestyle education was successful in improving the nutrition-related knowledge, eating habits and lifestyle practices, and resulted in beneficial changes in anthropometric and biochemical profiles of the Asian Indian adolescents. This model should be applied on countrywide basis to prevent obesity and diabetes.

European journal of clinical nutrition · randomised controlled trial · 114 citationsread the source →

Prediction and prevention of schizophrenia: what has been achieved and where to go next?

Since the traditional clinical paradigm has been replaced by the modern molecular one, medicine set off into new directions. “Prediction”, “prevention” and “personalization” are the programmatic key words of this new approach. Like other medical disciplines, psychiatry has broadened its focus from diagnosis and treatment to the detection and estimation of the risk of disease development, the prediction of its onset and strategies to avoid its manifestation 1,2,3,4. Although treatment of schizophrenia has greatly advanced over the last decades, a significant number of patients continue to take an unfavorable chronic course 5,6. This makes schizophrenia the leading cause for permanent occupational disability among people under 40 years of age in Germany 7, and the 8th most common cause for disability adjusted life years (DALYs) lost among the 15 to 34-year olds worldwide 8, despite its low prevalence. Moreover, schizophrenia involves tremendous direct and indirect societal costs 9 and a huge burden on patients and their families 8,10. It is becoming increasingly clear that schizophrenia is a complex disorder with polygenic heredity and that its pathogenesis is greatly influenced by interactions between different genes and between genes and environment. Associations to variants of the genes for dysbindin and neuregulin-1, the genetic locus G72 and the DAOA (D-amino acid oxidase activator) gene have now been repeatedly confirmed. As with all other complex diseases, research is focusing now on characterizing the polygenetic predisposition and clarifying its influence on the development of the phenotype 11. Research methods range from molecular genetics via proteome research to cell biology, neurophysiology, brain structural and functional imaging and neuropsychology. With all these methods, several indicators for an increased risk of schizophrenia have been identified. However, the currently recognized neurobiological risk factors are not sufficiently predictive to allow the development and application of “selective” prevention measures targeting asymptomatic persons at risk. For neuro-psychological risk factors, this has just become evident in the large-scale attempt of the North American Prodrome Longitudinal Study (NAPLS) group to improve their multivariate model by integrating the examined neurocognitive variables 12. There are also established environmental risk factors for schizophrenia, such as pregnancy or birth complications, growing up in a large city, IQ low but normal and drug consumption. However, with odds ratios around 2, each of these factors appears to increase the lifetime risk of the disease only slightly 13. Thus, the currently known risk factors, either alone or taken together, cannot be used for prediction and prevention without knowledge of the complete predispositional basis and the gene-gene and gene-environment interactions, which are probably numerous. In view of this situation, it may be argued that the current efforts towards prediction and prevention are still premature and that further progress of etiological research is needed. However, a different perspective has emerged from the work of the centers for early recognition and prevention, established first in Melbourne, Australia and in Cologne, Germany in the mid 1990s, and later on in many other places around the world. This resulted from retrospective research of the early course of psychosis, in which the pathophysiologically active disturbances in brain development extend beyond early abnormalities in behavior into psychopathologically definable early risk and ultra high risk (UHR) symptoms, depending on the individual combination of stressors and resilience factors. First episode psychosis (FEP) research has shown that the outbreak of the disease is preceded in about 70% to nearly 100% of cases by an initial prodrome, which lasts for an average of five to six years. Even in highly developed health care systems, an average of one year thereafter elapses from the first manifestation of psychotic positive symptoms to the initiation of adequate treatment 14,15. The period over which the FEP remains untreated (duration of untreated psychosis, DUP) correlates with: delayed and incomplete remission of the symptoms; necessity of more protracted treatment and greater risk of relapse; lower compliance, greater burden on the family, and a higher level of “expressed emotion”; increased risk of depression and suicide; greater impact on the individual's employment or education; increased drug abuse and delinquent behavior; markedly increased costs of treatment 16. These correlations have recently been confirmed by a meta-analysis 17, with coefficients ranging from 0.285 to 0.434 (95% CI). This does not only provide strong arguments in favor of treating the FEP as early as possible, but has also led to a systematic effort to decrease the incidence of psychosis through indicated prevention. Two important studies concerning the early stage prior to the conversion to FEP have demonstrated that the earliest and most common symptoms, which generally dominate during the prodrome, are unspecific and cannot be distinguished from impairment in mood, drive, contact, and concentration of depressive episodes. These are the Age-Beginning-Course (ABC) study of schizophrenia, a retrospective study with optimized methods 14, and the Cologne Early Recognition (CER) Study, a long-term prospective study with an average follow-up period just below 10 years 18. These studies also found striking cognitive impairments in the form of self-experienced disturbances in thought, speech, and perception processes. This subgroup of so-called basic symptoms, which were found in more than a quarter of patients, had high specificity and a high positive predictive power, accompanied by only low rates of false positive predictions 19,20,21. Basic symptoms were first operationalized in the Bonn Scale for the Assessment of Basic Symptoms (BSABS). Shorter versions of the scale for adults and for children and adolescents — the Schizophrenia Proneness Instrument, Adult version (SPI-A) and the Schizophrenia Proneness Instrument, Child and Youth version (SPI-CY) — were later developed from dimensional analyses 22,23,24. While the BSABS only allows an assessment of the current state, the SPI-A and the SPI-CY also allow severity ratings according to the maximum frequency of occurrence within the past 3 months. In the CER study, 385 patients who were presumably in the prodromal phase of schizophrenia were followed up for an average of 9.6 (±7.6) years past baseline. Twenty percent of the initial criterion-positive cases (1 of 66 basic symptoms) who agreed to be followed up developed schizophrenia after 12 months, a further 17% after 24 months, a further 13% after 36 months, and finally a total of 70% after an average of 4.5 years. Thus, only 30% did not convert to schizophrenia. The overall presence/absence of at least one basic symptom correctly predicted presence/absence of a subsequent transition to schizophrenia in 78.1% of cases. From further analyses, two partially overlapping basic symptom criteria for defining at risk mental states (ARMS) for psychosis, primarily schizophrenia, were developed (Table 1). The first criterion, which consists of ten cognitive-perceptive basic symptoms and is abbreviated as COPER, was based on findings concerning the predictive accuracy of individual basic symptoms 18,25. The second was based on a methodological re-analysis of the same data set, in which a cluster of nine cognitive basic symptoms had repeatedly been selected as the most predictive. This cluster was called “cognitive disturbances” (COGDIS). In terms of general predictive accuracy, the two criteria slightly differed in the CER study, as COGDIS tended to be more conservative than COPER, i.e. to perform better in ruling in subsequent schizophrenia at the cost of performing worse in ruling it out. The transition rate throughout the average follow-up period of roughly 10 years was 65% for COPER and 79% for COGDIS, with the majority of transitions occurring within the first 3 years past baseline. In a second prospective study 26, conducted with the SPI-A and with a systematic follow-up of 24 months, 38% of the initially included 146 at-risk subjects developed a frank psychosis, mainly schizophrenia, within 12.3 (±10.4) months on average (1–48; median=9) according to COPER. Thus, the positive results of the CER study were confirmed. Again, COGDIS appeared to be more specific but less sensitive than COPER. As a consequence of these findings, predictive basic symptoms have been established as a set of criteria for risk assessment in international research on the early recognition of psychosis. In particular, the German Research Network on Schizophrenia used these symptoms, together with a combined criterion of functional deterioration and biological risk, in defining an “early at-risk of psychosis state” (ERPS), thereby suggesting a clinical risk staging model (Figure 1). Early and late initial prodromal state: a clinical staging approach The positive symptoms typical of schizophrenia — such as delusions, hallucinations or formal thought disorders — often first appear in an attenuated or transient form during the initial prodromal phase. These symptoms provide a valid prediction of conversion into FEP, particularly in the short term. Warning signs of this sort have been used as ultra-high risk (UHR) criteria 27,28. Notwithstanding their differences across studies, these criteria are generally composed of three alternative elements: attenuated positive symptoms (APS), brief limited intermittent psychotic symptoms (BLIPS), or a combination of one or more risk factors (always including genetic risk) and functional decline within a certain recent period. For the ascertainment of the UHR criteria, the Melbourne group gradually developed a specific instrument, the Comprehensive Assessment of At Risk Mental States (CAARMS) 29. Based on the Australian definition of the UHR criteria, the Structured Interview for Prodromal Syndromes (SIPS), the Scale for Prodromal Syndromes (SOPS) and, subsequently, the Criteria of Prodromal Syndromes (COPS) were developed 30,31. Different UHR-related approaches to an early detection of FEP, particularly schizophrenia, were developed by the Hillside Recognition and Prevention (RAP) program in New York 32 and the Basel Früherkennung von Psychosen (FEPSY) study 33. There have been at least 15 prediction studies using UHR criteria, some of which with large samples 34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41. The 12-month rates of transition into FEP published so far range between approximately 13% and 50%. A substantial variance is even observed with comparable observation periods in the same center 34,35. Yet, as the annual incidence for all forms of psychosis in the general population is only about 0.034% 42, even the lowest conversion rates still indicate a dramatic increase in the relative risk of illness, at least in the help-seeking samples of specialized centers. Table 2 depicts the predictive accuracy measures published so far, with the last five listed studies representing secondary predictor analyses of samples meeting at risk criteria. As a result, in the German Research Network on Schizophrenia, the UHR approach was combined with the basic symptom approach and applied in a slightly modified form for the definition of “late at-risk of psychosis state” (LRPS) (Figure 1). This clinical staging model, which suggests a syndromal sequence for the development of FEP progressing from unspecific prodromal symptoms to predictive basic symptoms, and then to APS, to BLIPS and to full-blown psychotic symptoms, was recently strongly supported 15. Universal or selective prevention measures target healthy population groups or clinically still healthy risk carriers, respectively 43. Indicated prevention, instead, targets individuals with basic symptoms and UHR symptoms. Even at the early stages when these individuals seek advice and help at the early recognition and prevention centers, they must be regarded as ill and in need of treatment. Furthermore, the impending deterioration of psychosocial performance in schizophrenia often already occurs in the initial prodromal phase, even prior to the conversion into FEP 14,15. These clinical and psychosocial impairments justify defining the interventions in EPRS and LPRS as indicated prevention, pursuing the following three objectives: a) improvement in the current burden of prodromal symptoms; b) avoidance or perhaps delay in the development of psychosocial handicap; c) prevention of or at least delay or attenuation of psychosis. Five international intervention studies have attempted to find out whether or to what extent these three objectives can be reached 44,45,46,47,48,49,50,51 (Table 3). The preventive measures used were either cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), adapted to the requirements of the persons at risk, or atypical antipsychotics (risperidone, olanzapine, and amisulpride). These were randomized controlled studies, but there were problems with the blinding condition in the two CBT interventions. This and other methodological shortcomings currently limit conclusions and have encouraged the research groups working in this area to set up new, optimized intervention studies. For example, the protocol of the ongoing parallel group PREVENT study includes careful comparative analyses and superiority and inferiority tests of the psychological and pharmacological treatments 52. A staging of risk, thereby implying a temporal dimension, was considered for the first time in the two intervention studies of the German Research Network on Schizophrenia. One of these studies covered ERPS and only offered CBT as a preventive measure 49,50. The other study was designed for LRPS and used only preventive treatment with amisul-pride 51. When the symptom development in the initial prodromal state follows the sequence shown in Figure 1, it would be beneficial for scientific and especially ethical reasons to focus on psychological interventions in ERPS, which are well tolerated and highly accepted. As soon as the first attenuated or transient psychotic symptoms occur, it seems justifiable to apply well tolerated antipsychotics with few side effects. This differential prevention strategy is now pursued in all German early recognition centers and is also increasingly gaining support in other countries. Another pharmacological option is aripiprazole, tested in a pilot study in UHR states 53. Its possible preventive effects are currently being analyzed in the PREVENT study. Antidepressants were used in a naturalistic, non-randomized observational study of an adolescent sample employing only the APS criterion for inclusion, but, for methodological reasons, this study does not allow any conclusion about differential preventive effects of these medications 54. A critical evaluation of the achievements over the past 15 years through continuous efforts to enhance prediction and prevention of psychoses, particularly of schizophrenia, reveals quite impressive results. However, the results achieved thus far need to be evaluated in the light of the ambitious, initially mentioned objectives of modern predictive and preventive medicine. Once predictive basic symptoms and UHR symptoms have occurred, the underlying pathophysiological process might have already progressed. For such a complex disease with a long-term course and a pre-dispositional basis, this kind of risk identification and risk-oriented prevention may possibly come too late. A more substantial reduction in incidence could be reached with selective and universal prevention measures. Therefore, symptom-based prediction and prevention need to be further developed into the direction of selective prevention for symptom-free risk carriers. In the future, it is necessary to strive for: a) an improvement of risk enrichment with the inclusion of biological risk factors; b) a stronger individualization of the risk estimation by stratification; c) the inclusion of sub-psychotic mental states, as cross-sectionally by current at risk criteria, in the the application of prevention strategies more with the of the the initial prodromal phase for as as then most of the follow-up periods shown in Table 2 are not to the transition A significant number of later may be as and, the predictive of the risk may be 12. Therefore, the first and most important is to out new, optimized large-scale studies with follow-up periods the of the initial prodromal phase, as in the CER study 18. The risk enrichment can also be advanced through the inclusion of following the of recent research on the prediction of through the cognitive impairment This condition a risk for with a conversion rate comparable to the risk for the patients certain imaging and the predictive risk enrichment may be possible for using brain but also impairments of and which are with the psychosis risk and are more and in cases with a later transition to schizophrenia and other new large-scale studies with sufficiently observation periods could whether the risk enrichment can be achieved by of such The of this strategy is on the progress of research on biological and environmental risk factors and their interactions, as is currently attempted in the Network of schizophrenia study In other medical disciplines, such as or a risk which does not in a of is using for multivariate clinical staging by risk In the of study, this approach was into psychosis prediction research for the first time A clinical model was developed based on a including six variables positive disturbances Assessment of in the past and years of Based on the individual a multivariate for further the risk of transition to psychosis into risk was each a increased relative risk to the general with each This model was argued to improve the prediction of psychosis by a of the individual risk in terms of and a more risk estimation or clinical staging of risk, in studies, could the development of risk adapted inclusion criteria for randomized preventive In the first application of this approach in the only clinical and variables were It remains to be whether a model including or environmental variables would increase the predictive accuracy even In studies have to whether such can also be applied to the prediction of psychosis within different time The currently ongoing of the has a about the inclusion of a risk for psychosis in to prevention initially argued this and to the that the application of as criteria could that the high rate of predictions in would be to increase up to in general This is and prior to whether to the in the of the The on the predictive of at risk criteria, thereby the persons meeting at risk criteria already from mental and functional for which they seek Moreover, they psychological and cognitive with and functional the majority of help-seeking at risk persons general criteria for mental disorder a clinically significant behavioral or psychological with disability and have to be considered as i.e. as people with the need and to be these in there are reasons for the inclusion of a clinical in the as by current at risk criteria, not as a prodromal risk for first psychosis, but as an to medical the of such an diagnosis would have the of the by the current mental state to a and Although an increased risk of psychosis would continue to be a of such a the psychological and medical focus would be from an to and At this current state of the criteria would be the for the inclusion of this A for the and of a new of international and studies would be with this inclusion in and later on also in A new prevention approach is by the of and studies a of the onset of psychosis the with the first results are for and The transition rate was lower in an group of UHR adolescents than in a group and this was at a an was evaluated in 10 patients in an pilot and a significant improvement in different was In an study, time was in an UHR group with as with a group suggesting a of This was the first study imaging data on effects in individuals at risk. The preventive of is currently in the process of in the Australian Prodrome study With the of schizophrenia is the first mental disorder to which the prediction and prevention program of modern medicine has been The results are and justify the that in the years to come it be possible to provide preventive strategies to the individual risk of of each In to a reduction in risk assessment has to be by neurobiological and psychosocial risk factors, and indicated prevention has to be further developed towards selective prevention. This a new of large sample studies for prediction as well as prevention, with observation In these studies, of risk selected to predictive must be psychological and pharmacological interventions need to be on a long-term basis, more prevention strategies have to be In to be to and such studies, it would be to mental states, as by the currently used risk symptoms, in the of the

World Psychiatry · 127 citationsread the source →

Self-stigma in Serious Mental Illness: A Systematic Review of Frequency, Correlates, and Consequences.

Self-stigma is associated with poor clinical and functional outcomes in Serious Mental Illness (SMI). There has been no review of self-stigma frequency and correlates in different cultural and geographic areas and SMI. The objectives of the present study were: (1) to review the frequency, correlates, and consequences of self-stigma in individuals with SMI; (2) to compare self-stigma in different geographical areas and to review its potential association with cultural factors; (3) to evaluate the strengths and limitations of the current body of evidence to guide future research. A systematic electronic database search (PubMed, Web of Science, PsycINFO, Scopus, and Ovid SP Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature [CINAHL]) following PRISMA guidelines, was conducted on the frequency, correlates, and consequences of self-stigma in SMI. Out of 272 articles, 80 (29.4%) reported on the frequency of self-stigma (n = 25 458), 241 (88.6%) on cross-sectional correlates of self-stigma and 41 (15.0%) on the longitudinal correlates and consequences of self-stigma. On average, 31.3% of SMI patients reported high self-stigma. The highest frequency was in South-East Asia (39.7%) and the Middle East (39%). Sociodemographic and illness-related predictors yielded mixed results. Perceived and experienced stigma-including from mental health providers-predicted self-stigma, which supports the need to develop anti-stigma campaigns and recovery-oriented practices. Increased transition to psychosis and poor clinical and functional outcomes are both associated with self-stigma. Psychiatric rehabilitation and recovery-oriented early interventions could reduce self-stigma and should be better integrated into public policy.

Schizophrenia bulletin · systematic review · 213 citationsread the source →

Populations and Interventions for Palliative and End-of-Life Care: A Systematic Review.

Importance: Evidence supports palliative care effectiveness. Given workforce constraints and the costs of new services, payers and providers need help to prioritize their investments. They need to know which patients to target, which personnel to hire, and which services best improve outcomes. Objective: To inform how payers and providers should identify patients with "advanced illness" and the specific interventions they should implement, we reviewed the evidence to identify (1) individuals appropriate for palliative care and (2) elements of health service interventions (personnel involved, use of multidisciplinary teams, and settings of care) effective in achieving better outcomes for patients, caregivers, and the healthcare system. Evidence review: Systematic searches of MEDLINE, EMBASE, PsycINFO, Web of Science, and Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews databases (1/1/2001-1/8/2015). Results: Randomized controlled trials (124) met inclusion criteria. The majority of studies in cancer (49%, 38 of 77 studies) demonstrated statistically significant patient or caregiver outcomes (e.g., p < 0.05), as did those in congestive heart failure (CHF) (62%, 13 of 21), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD; 58%, 11 of 19), and dementia (60%, 15 of 25). Most prognostic criteria used clinicians' judgment (73%, 22 of 30). Most interventions included a nurse (70%, 69 of 98), and many were nurse-only (39%, 27 of 69). Social workers were well represented, and home-based approaches were common (56%, 70 of 124). Home interventions with visits were more effective than those without (64%, 28 of 44; vs. 46%, 12 of 26). Interventions improved communication and care planning (70%, 12 of 18), psychosocial health (36%, 12 of 33, for depressive symptoms; 41%, 9 of 22, for anxiety), and patient (40%, 8 of 20) and caregiver experiences (63%, 5 of 8). Many interventions reduced hospital use (65%, 11 of 17), but most other economic outcomes, including costs, were poorly characterized. Palliative care teams did not reliably lower healthcare costs (20%, 2 of 10). Conclusions: Palliative care improves cancer, CHF, COPD, and dementia outcomes. Effective models include nurses, social workers, and home-based components, and a focus on communication, psychosocial support, and the patient or caregiver experience. High-quality research on intervention costs and cost outcomes in palliative care is limited.

Journal of palliative medicine · systematic review · 135 citationsread the source →

Whither the Attenuated Psychosis Syndrome?

After 4 years of debate, a decision has been made. The attenuated psychosis syndrome (APS) will not be a coded diagnosis in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5). Formerly known as the psychosis risk syndrome, the proposed diagnosis was based on criteria developed in the mid-1990s that were informed by a comprehensive review of retrospective studies on the prodromal phase of nonaffective psychosis.1 These criteria aimed to identify prospectively people in the prodrome of schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders and have been variously titled “ultra high risk (UHR),” “clinical high risk (CHR),” “at risk mental state (ARMS),” and the “prodromal stage,” and included a group with attenuated (subthreshold) positive psychotic symptoms.2 The criteria are associated with rates of onset of psychotic disorder substantially higher than in the general population3 and other clinical populations.4 A recent meta-analysis reported the rate of onset of a psychotic disorder to be 36% after 3 years.5 About 73% of those developing a psychotic disorder fulfill criteria for schizophrenia spectrum psychoses.6 It should be noted that these data are from treated samples consisting of patients referred to specialist clinical services. Despite the consistent finding that there is a high risk of developing a psychotic disorder associated with the APS group,5 there has been considerable controversy around the idea of formally codifying it into a DSM5 diagnosis. Indeed, we, the authors of this communication, all active researchers in the area, have had differences in opinion about the merits of including APS as a new diagnosis in the DSM.7–12 One issue debated was the tension between the possibility of early intervention to prevent progression of disorder vs potential unnecessary diagnosis and treatment of what might be a self-limiting phase. The possibility of stigma and discrimination was also raised.10,11 Some speculated that a formal diagnosis would be assumed to equate to an indication for antipsychotic medication and so increase the likelihood of antipsychotic prescription.11 Others argued that the absence of an APS diagnosis has led to some clinicians using the term psychosis NOS (not otherwise specified), which may lead to antipsychotic prescription. The APS as an alternative to this diagnosis could then actually reduce antipsychotic prescribing.9,12 Importantly, an APS diagnosis will enable evidence-based treatments to be developed, including psychological therapies, and could therefore decrease antipsychotic use.12 Ultimately, the decision to exclude APS as a coded diagnosis was made not in response to any of the above issues or in the light of data addressing the principal disputes but because data on the diagnostic reliability of APS in clinical practice were limited and inconclusive. Following this decision, some critics have been quick to denounce the whole APS/ultra high-risk/clinical high-risk/prodromal concept.13–15 We, therefore, feel it is timely, as a group involved in high-risk (prodromal) research, to document some points of consensus between us and highlight areas for future research. Attempts to recognize the prodrome of schizophrenia prospectively have been active for nearly 20 years.2 Many samples of persons meeting high-risk criteria have been seen and evaluated. A strong consensus exists that individuals meeting APS criteria (which includes a criterion for help-seeking) are symptomatic and in need of clinical care.16–18 People meeting the criteria do in fact fulfill the broad definition of mental disorder: “a clinically significant behavioral and psychological syndrome or pattern … that is associated with present distress … or disability … or with a significantly increased risk of suffering death, pain, disability, or an important loss of freedom,”19 (p. xxi). Thus, treatment is clearly justified, regardless of the justification of reduction of risk or prevention. We agree that this treatment should include monitoring of mental state, supportive therapy, and attention to current practical needs. Cognitive therapy and omega-3 fatty acids may also be helpful. On current evidence, antipsychotic medication is no more effective than other more benign treatments and so is typically not recommended.20 A second point of consensus is that people meeting APS criteria have a greatly increased risk of developing a psychotic disorder within a brief time frame.3,5,21,22 Despite evidence that the transition rate (conversion from high-risk state to first-episode psychosis) may be declining in the short term23 and the finding of low rate of psychosis in recent intervention trials,24,25 its magnitude is similar to other risk syndromes,26,27 and still in the order of hundreds fold above the risk of the general population. Given this, we agree that regular assessment of mental state to detect first episode of psychosis is indicated. The monitoring of mental state and early detection of psychosis allow prompt treatment and the minimization of the duration of untreated psychosis, which, if prolonged, is harmful to both patients and their families and is known to be associated with a poor outcome.28,29 Finally, we agree that more research into the APS is needed. We support the Psychotic Disorders Workgroup in its recommendation to include the APS as a category in the appendix (Section 3) of DSM-5 as a condition for further study. Collectively, we have devoted many hours into thinking about this condition. Through our research and clinical experience with these patients, we have evolved our thinking and our conceptualization of APS. Initially, the high-risk criteria were developed, as the name suggests, to detect individuals at high risk of psychotic disorder. However, the use of the criteria should not be thought of as identifying and treating an asymptomatic group at risk of a poor outcome, analogous to detecting and treating hyperlipidemia to prevent myocardial infarction (MI). APS patients are symptomatic and distressed. Thus, angina may be a more apt analogy. However, better still is to think of the criteria as detecting chest pain. The condition is distressing, symptomatic, and leads to help seeking. It may indicate the early signs or risk for a serious cardiac disease such as MI, a serious but noncardiac disease, such as pneumonia or a benign self-limiting condition such as esophageal spasm or costochondritis. Likewise, APS may indicate the early signs or risk for illnesses such as nonaffective and affective psychotic disorder, presence or risk for a serious but nonpsychotic illness such as severe unipolar depression, or it may indicate something that is not serious and which may resolve, with or without treatments such as psychological support, stress reduction family interventions, and practical help. This way of conceptualizing APS leads to many different paths for research. Suggestions for the future research agenda follow. Investigation of different outcomes in both the short and long term including psychotic disorders, nonpsychotic disorders, persistence or remission of APS, and social and cognitive functioning is needed. Refining risk factors for these different outcomes is another avenue of research. It may be that added criteria are necessary to enrich the sample for schizophrenia, such as basic and negative symptoms and decline in cognitive and social skills.30,31 Other methods of enrichment for other outcomes can also be studied, including multiple subclinical symptoms plus depression,32 presence of personality disorder, family history of mental disorder, and childhood trauma and adversity.33 Examining recovery and remission of the high-risk state as outcomes is another area that is currently understudied. Searching for predictors of these positive outcomes can then lead to adding such factors to ascertainment criteria as exclusions, which would result in a reduced false positive rate and increased positive predictive power. Examining associated neurobiological,34–36 cognitive,37 physiological,38 metabolic,39 and genetic40,41 associations with the APS and its different outcomes is needed so that subgroups can be more sharply delineated. Longitudinal follow-up is needed to elucidate whether the biological markers that are observed in the APS group are indicative of a trait vulnerability to psychotic disorder or whether they are state markers. Comparison with other psychiatric groups without APS will determine whether biological findings are specific to APS and represent a continuum with psychotic disorders such as schizophrenia or whether they are associated with general psychiatric distress. Research is also needed as to what harms and benefits are associated with an APS diagnosis. This should include assessing any perceived stigma, and comparison made with the stigma, stereotypes, and wish for social distance associated with overt psychiatric symptoms that may occur prior to help seeking and diagnosis. Whether clinical care that provides information, treatment, and hope of a good outcome can minimize stigma should also be studied. The effects of creating a new diagnosis, on patients, their families, and the wider health system, needs to be better understood. While reliability of assessment has been demonstrated in previous studies using structured interviews,42,43 the clinical utility and reliability of assessment in routine practice needs to be assessed and improved and the impact of the proposed diagnosis on prescribing practice examined. Investigation of factors that lead APS patients to seek help will also be useful. Currently, it is unclear how much of the distress that leads to seeking help is related to the psychotic-like symptoms or to associated nonpsychotic mental disorders, such as depression and anxiety.44 Little is known about the prevalence of APS in adolescent and adult clinical populations and in the general community and this also needs further study. Further intervention research is also needed. Omega-3 fatty acids have shown promise in reducing symptoms as well as decreasing the risk of transition to psychotic disorder in one study.45 This requires replication. Other novel treatments such as psychological treatments, vitamin D, glycine, and other neuroprotective agents are also worth testing. Finally, with increasing the knowledge of risk factors for different outcomes (see above), the APS model could also be extended to a more general a strategy for early intervention in a range of mental disorders. It may be that many disorders develop from initial nonspecific symptoms and syndromes, from a background of specific and nonspecific risk factors (such as genes and early environment). Worsening of symptoms and acquisition of new symptoms may occur, together with progressive neurobiological abnormalities, and related neurobehavioral deficits, until clear-cut recognizable mental disorders appear.46 Progression of symptoms and neurobiological abnormalities could continue after “threshold” diagnosis, with development of chronic symptoms, relapses, and ongoing functional deterioration. Transition from one stage to the next is not inevitable, either due to different risk and resilience factors or due to nonspecific or specific intervention. Thus, preventive possibilities exist across this spectrum of evolving illness. This concept of a pluripotent risk syndrome opens up a range of research possibilities. Studying genetic and environmental risk factors and gene and environment interactions for different outcomes, further work on resilience and protective factors, and examination of different trajectories are all future avenues of research. Whether any specific markers for particular course and outcome can be detected early is another area and leads to the possibility of early specific treatments. Novel methods such as multimodal imaging and neurocognitive analysis, single subject methods to predict individual disease course are also possible. APS concept remains a useful one. It identifies people with significant mental health problems that justify treatment in their own right, as well as having a higher likelihood of developing a psychotic disorder (mostly schizophrenia) within a few years. Research into this group will increase our understanding of psychotic-like symptoms and their trajectories and the emerging phase of psychotic disorders. The APS concept is consistent with the continuum view of psychosis and is probably a reflection of biologic reality. Outcomes other than psychotic disorder are also clearly worthy of study. The placement of APS in the DSM-5 appendix should be a clarion call to the field to focus attention on these patients and families in need. National Health and Medical Research Council (Australia) Senior Research Fellowship (#566593), and the Colonial Foundation (to A.R.Y.); National Institute for Mental Health (NIMH) grants (#5U01MH081857 and #5R01 MH061523 to B.A.C.); German Research Foundation, NARSAD, the German Ministry of Education and Research, the Faculty of Medicine of the University of Cologne (to A.B.); the National Institute for Health Research (NIHR) Birmingham and Black Country Collaboration for Leadership in Applied Health Research and Care (to M.B.); NIHR Biomedical Research Centre for Mental Health at the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and Institute of Psychiatry King’s College London (to P.F.-P., P.M., and L.V.); the German Research Foundation, the European Commission, the German Ministry of Education and Research, and the Faculty of Medicine of the University of Cologne (to J.K.); the University of Basel (to S.B. and A.R.-R.), Swiss National Foundation, Stanley Foundation, European Union FP7, Österreichische Forschungsförderungsgesellschaft, Foundation Alamaya (to A.R.-R.); NIMH (U01 MH081928, P50 MH080272), Massachusetts Department of Mental Health, R21 MH093294, R01 MH096027 (to L.S.); and NIMH and the Norwegian Research Council (to T.H.M.). A.B. and J.K. have received investigator-initiated grant support from Bristol Myers Squibb. A.B. has received speaker fees and travel support from Bristol Myers Squibb, Eli Lilly, Janssen Cilag, and Servier. P.D.M. has received unrestricted research grant support from Janssen Cilag, honoraria for educational events and consultancies from Janssen-Cilag and Roche, and unrestricted Research Grant Support from Astra Zeneca. As these sources of funding have not influenced the content of this article, all authors have declared that there are no conflicts of interest in relation to the subject of this article.

Schizophrenia Bulletin · 97 citationsread the source →

Cohort Profile: The biopsychosocial religion and health study (BRHS)

In The Secrets of Long Life in the National Geographic1 Buettner explored longevity among three communities in Sardinia Italy, Okinawa Japan, and Loma Linda California. Loma Linda is largely a community of 7th-day Adventists. In 1969 initial research2 found that among individuals surviving past age 35 Adventist women in California lived 3.7 years longer than their counterparts and Adventist men 6.2 years longer. In a later, larger California sample3 the differences were even stronger—4.4 years for women and 7.3 years for men. Exercise, vegetarian diet, not smoking, eating nuts and social support have been found to predict longevity in Adventists.4 Yet even when these and several psychological variables are controlled church attendance still predicts greater longevity.5 Interest has been increasing regarding the association of both mental and physical health with religion or spirituality.6 There have been a number of literature reviews that have concluded that the associations of religion and health are largely positive.7–9 In fact, Hall10 concluded religious attendance was more cost-effective in increasing longevity than statin-type medications. While some have questioned the quality of these research conclusions11 and others have pointed out that the benefits or costs of religion may vary depending on the indicator of religious involvement,12,13 there is general agreement regarding the need for more and better research on the subject. Nonetheless, Hummer and his colleagues14 concluded there was consistent evidence that religious attendance was associated with lower mortality risk in cross-sectional and prospective studies. They also concluded there was a need for more diverse measures of religious involvement, comparison among specific subpopulations, and a better understanding of the pathways by which religion might influence health (p. 1226). It was with this goal in mind that this Biopsychosocial Religion and Health Study was developed. The coverage of the study is best understood in the framework of our conceptual model. Two central concepts in this model are allostatic load and cumulative risk exposure. Allostasis is the process of achieving biologic stability through change—specifically, dynamic adjustments in multiple physiological systems to maintain equilibrium and set points (homeostasis) when responding to environmental demands.15 Healthy functioning requires allostasis, which is adaptive and protective over the short term. However, allostasis ‘has a potential cost to the body when allostasis is either called upon too often or is inefficiently managed, and that cost is referred to as “allostatic load” ’ (p. 174).16 Allostatic load can occur when chronic stressors place a burden on the organism but can also result from a lifetime of exposure to events demanding allostatic adjustment. We refer to this lifetime exposure as cumulative risk exposure. Allostatic load, over the life course, ultimately results in increased morbidity and mortality.17,18 In our model cumulative risk exposure aggregates an individual's risk level across physical risks such as poverty, poor housing quality, and violence exposure (which often co-occur), as well as psychosocial risks such as poor parental or marital bond, or poor job satisfaction.19 Cumulative risk exposure influences allostasis to affect allostatic load. Allostatic load, in turn, produces changes in morbidity, mortality and quality of life. However, the effects of cumulative risk exposure are both mediated and moderated by positive and negative aspects of religion. These positive and negative aspects have at least part of their influence by causing changes in lifestyle, psychological and social factors. We use the term manifestations to refer to beliefs and behaviors as they show themselves in psychosocial and biological responses. Our primary aims were to examine: (i) how religious experience moderates the impact of cumulative risk exposure on quality of life, health, and mortality; (ii) the mechanisms by which these manifestations of religion might operate; (iii) how manifestations of religious experience relate to biologic indicators of allostatic load within the context of cumulative risk exposure, and (iv) whether these manifestations operate differently in non-Blacks and Blacks—Blacks being a group for whom religion may be more central in life and, perhaps, in health.13,20,21 We could answer aims i, ii and iv with new questionnaire data and with the mortality and hospitalization data being collected by AHS-2.22 However, obtaining biologic samples as required by aim iii is much more difficult and expensive. Hence, we divided our study into two sub-studies: the Psychosocial Manifestations of Religion Sub-study (PsyMRS) and the Biological Manifestations of Religion Sub-study (BioMRS). PsyMRS is a large prospective study of approximately 11 000 individuals from the AHS-2 population who completed the supplemental PsyMRS questionnaire. Figure 1 shows our sampling plan. The sample will be surveyed at 3-year intervals while the study continues. AHS-2 will provide data on mortality and hospitalizations as described later. BioMRS is an approximately 530-person sub-study embedded within the larger PsyMRS. All members of BioMRS complete the PsyMRS questionnaire and, in addition, attend a clinic where biologic indicators are assessed. All individuals in both PsyMRS and BioMRS were selected from those participating in AHS-2. The AHS-2 recruitment methods and sampling strategy are described elsewhere.22 Sampling plan. AHS-2 is the Adventist Health Study 2. PsyMRS is the Psychosocial Manifestations of Religion Sub-study involving collection of questionnaire data. BioMRS is the Biological Manifestations of Religion Sub-study that includes assessment of biometrics, blood/saliva/urine markers, and memory/learning ability. Numbers are targets. For example, while our year one target for PsyMRS was 10 000, as August 2007, 11 004 were in the dataset We randomly sampled 20 000 AHS-2 participants and sent each the 20-page religion and health questionnaire with up to three reminder cards. Based on pilot studies we expected response rates of 55% from Caucasian and 26% from African American participants. Our goal was to enroll 3400 Blacks and 6600 Caucasians. Data collection started in September 2006 and was largely completed by August 2007. Our return rate was higher than expected with 60% from Caucasians and 31% from Blacks. Recruitment for BioMRS was through an initial letter followed by phone calls. Our goal was to obtain 300 non-Black and 200 Black participants; this moderately overweighs Black participants when compared with the overall AHS-2 sample and the PsyMRS study. Only individuals living within driving distance of our clinic sites in Loma Linda, Riverside, and Los Angeles were contacted. There were 536 participants (296 Whites, 239 Blacks, and 1 Hispanic). In the 3rd year after the initial sample we aim for a minimum of 3000 PsyMRS participants and 400 BioMRS participants. If further funding is obtained, both PsyMRS and BioMRS data will be collected at additional time points to allow latent growth curve modelling of the relations among study variables.23 Our conceptual framework suggested four categories of variables relevant to the PsyMRS questionnaire: cumulative risk exposure, religion, mediating and outcome variables. Allostatic load cannot be directly assessed from the questionnaire. In almost all cases we have used scales which have been validated in other studies or, where they are not available, validated our own. Cumulative risk exposure variables are included to assess a broad spectrum of cumulative and acute stressors that have been associated with health or quality of life.19,24 Most available single measures do not assess risk exposure at more than one point in the person's life so we broadly sampled cumulative risk across the life course. The measures include physical and socioeconomic stress: housing quality, family size, and poverty; and psychosocial stress: perceived stress, job stress/control/satisfaction, unfair treatment and discrimination, parent bonding, marital satisfaction, and trauma exposure. Religion variables were selected to include four aspects of religion: (i) affective—gratitude, forgiveness, loving vs controlling God, positive and negative eschatological attitudes; (ii) cognitive—intrinsic religiosity, some forms of religious coping, spiritual meaning; (iii) behavioural—church attendance, Sabbath keeping, prayer types, church organizational activity; and (iv) social—congregational sense of community, religious support. Mediating variables were selected based on Ellison and Levin's typology of six mechanisms for the religion/health connection25—(i) health behaviors and personal lifestyle variables (from AHS-2), (ii) social integration and social support, (iii) self-esteem and personal efficacy, (iv) positive vs negative emotions, (v) healthy beliefs (e.g. optimism) and (vi) coping resources and behaviors. Additionally we included measures of neuroticism, impression management and self-deception to serve as control variables. Outcome variables included health related quality of life (the SF-12)26 and life satisfaction as well as various medical history, symptom frequency, medication use and sleep disturbance questions and an adaptation of the Charlson comorbidity index.27 Finally, total and coronary disease mortality will be available on followup. All BioMRS participants completed a PsyMRS questionnaire, provided a waking saliva sample and a 12-h, overnight urine sample. At the clinic, fasting blood and adipose samples were taken; biometrics and percentage body fat (bioimpedence) were also assessed. Participants then provided physical and cognitive function data—Independent Activities of Daily Living; physical performance, based on five separate tests of physical ability—balance, gait, chair stands, manual ability, and grip strength; and the California Verbal Learning Test.28 Our measure of allostatic load (Table 1) is designed to summarize levels of physiological activity across a wide range of regulatory systems pertinent to disease risk, as previously described.29–31 Biological parameters used to determine the allostatic load index Biological parameters used to determine the allostatic load index The AHS-2 questionnaire was completed by BRHS participants 1–3 years before the PsyMRS questionnaire. The AHS-2 data set includes 130 food frequency items, daily physical activity, detailed ethnicity and other demographics, country of birth, religion of mother and father who raised participant, religion at age 15–25, age at baptism, medical history, women's health conditions and history, alcohol and tobacco use, and medications used at baseline. AHS-2 will provide hospitalization history information based on a biennial survey and causes of mortality by matching the sample with the National Death Index.22 Based on previous studies of Adventists in California32 we expect good retention in our sample. With the planned cohort maintenance and retention activities of AHS-222 we hope to trace a high percentage of the participants over at least a 3-year period. The demographics of the PsyMRS sample are shown in Table 2 along with comparisons with the 2006 General Social Survey, a survey based on national probability sample.33 Ages below 35 are omitted as the inclusion criteria for AHS-2 in the first several years was age 35+ for non-Blacks and age 30+ for Blacks. Comparison of demographics in the biopsychosocial religion and health study (BRHS) and the general social survey (GSS) by ethnicity and gender Notes: Only individuals older than 35 were included from both samples since that was an initial inclusion criteria for BRHS. All GSS vs BRHS comparisons on education, marital status, and age within genders are statistically significant. Comparison of demographics in the biopsychosocial religion and health study (BRHS) and the general social survey (GSS) by ethnicity and gender Notes: Only individuals older than 35 were included from both samples since that was an initial inclusion criteria for BRHS. All GSS vs BRHS comparisons on education, marital status, and age within genders are statistically significant. One concern is the relatively small number of Black male Adventist participants. However, there are sufficient numbers for data analysis in the middle ranges of age, education and income. There are no large education differences between male and female or Black and White Adventists. While not shown in Table 2 there are no large percentage differences in income though females and Black Adventists have slightly lower income than males and White Adventists respectively. One interesting figure is the relatively low number of Black Adventist women who are married and a correspondingly high number who are divorced or never married relative to both Black male Adventists and to both male and female White Adventists. Comparing the PsyMRS sample and the GSS sample, the BRHS sample has more females, more college educated individuals especially among the Blacks, more married individuals and more individuals above age 65 in all genders and ethnicities. The educational difference may be the result of the literacy level implied by being able to fill out the 50 page AHS-2 questionnaire and possibly the emphasis on education among 7th-day Adventists—e.g. though in the 2000 Census only the 18th largest denominational group,34 Adventists have the 5th largest number of denominational schools35 and the 9th largest number of students enrolled in such schools.36 The difference between Adventists and the GSS sample is consistently larger for Black males than other groups. Adventists are more likely to be married and less likely to be divorced than the GSS sample. Black Adventist women are also less likely to be widowed (P = 0.022 by Fisher's exact Test) and never married (P < 0.0005) than Black women in the GSS sample. Table 3 compares the BRHS and GSS data for two religious questions. BRHS participants were much more likely to report attending church. On the other hand, while prayer was more frequent for Adventists than for those in the GSS participants, the frequency of daily prayer for Black Adventist females was similar to that found in GSS Black females. Comparison of religion variables in the biopsychosocial religion and health study and the general social survey by ethnicity and gender Notes: All GSS versus BRHS comparisons on church attendance and prayer frequency within genders are statistically significant except for prayer in Black females. Comparison of religion variables in the biopsychosocial religion and health study and the general social survey by ethnicity and gender Notes: All GSS versus BRHS comparisons on church attendance and prayer frequency within genders are statistically significant except for prayer in Black females. Previous research with earlier Adventist cohorts has shown that 7th-day Adventists have lower mortality rates than the general population.4 However, until now we have had no data on quality of life. Figure 2 shows physical and mental quality of life on the SF-12v2 for Black and White Adventists compared with the national norms taken from the 2002 SF-12v2 manual based on data collected in 1999 and 2000.37 Unfortunately, national norms for the SF-12v2 are not available by ethnicity but the comparisons are nonetheless interesting. It appears that both Black and White Adventists in our sample report better physical and mental health than the national norms but the patterns differ by age group. For physical health Adventist females tend to be higher than national norms in the 45–54 age group and the differences tend to get smaller as the age of the groups increase. For males the differences tend to be there at all ages but are more pronounced in the 55- to 74-year old age range. Adventists and non-Adventists have similar levels of mental health in the 35- to 44-year old age group but the mental health of both Black and White Adventists is better in the older age groups. Interestingly, Black Adventists at some ages seem to report better mental health than even White Adventists. Physical and Mental Health based on SF-12 composite scores for 7th-day Adventist Blacks and Whites and for SF-12 national norms.38 Numbers are scale scores (mean 50, SD 10) for individuals over 35 years of age The overall better level of physical and mental health for Adventists could be a volunteer effect since our respondents had to fill out long questionnaires. On the other hand, the national norms were also based on volunteers though the questionnaires involved were not as extensive. Still, the fact that the gaps were bigger for mental health and that that gap is greater at older ages is interesting and harder to explain as a volunteer bias alone. These patterns will warrant further examination as our study progresses. The better physical health of Black Adventists than the national norms also warrants attention given the data on health disparities suggests Blacks score lower on physical health measures.38 One potential weakness of this study is that the data are collected exclusively on 7th-day Adventists. While this means that cross-denominational differences cannot be explored this is no different from other studies which have focused on single denominations such as Baptists,39,40 Catholics,41 Mormons,38–40 and Presbyterians.43 Additionally, our preliminary examination of the data shows a wide range of responses on most religion variables. While other approaches are useful,43–45 examination of the religion-health association within a single denomination has several strengths: (i) single denomination studies eliminate the need to control for denominational differences; (ii) because members of a single denomination have a shared religious tradition they will have less variation in how they interpret more nuanced religious questions, even as they differ in their responses to such questions; (iii) in addition, the examination of Blacks is easier because confounding by socio-economic status is less pronounced and thus easier to control than in the U.S. population due to the Adventist education emphasis;46 (iv) finally, just as one cannot learn about economic mobility and success solely by studying the urban underclass and focusing on barriers to achievement, one cannot learn about health and longevity by focusing exclusively on causes of death and studying persons who die prematurely. It behoves us to examine groups that defy the odds and enjoy better-than-average health and longevity; there is no better source of good biopsychosocial, quality of life and religious data on one of these strategically important groups, the 7th-day Adventists, than the data from this study. This study has a number of strengths. First, it includes a much wider range of religious variables than previous epidemiological studies.14,43–45 Second, we used a systematic theoretical scheme for inclusion of possible mediators of the religion and health relationship and, hence, the study includes a wide range of potential psychosocial- and lifestyle-mediating variables. Third, it includes a variety of biologic and functional assessments of allostatic load that have not been incorporated in previous studies of the religion and health connection. Fourth, the quality of life measures, assessed for the first time on an Adventist population, will allow us to determine whether the longer lives of Adventists are accompanied by a longer span of high quality life or whether these longer lives just stretch out the period of poor quality life. The Biopsychosocial Religion and Health Study has potential to greatly increase our understanding of the religion-health relationship and its implications for public health. We are still in the process of cleaning data and prospective data collection has yet to begin. Thus, the data are not freely available. However, BRHS researchers would welcome contacts from other investigators interested in collaboration on projects relating to specific aspects of the data we are can be through the of this or through the Adventist Health Study at Loma Linda National on for their support of this National for their support of the Adventist Health Study 2 which is the parent study for the Biopsychosocial Religion and Health and have been as on this and to the that the we have in and assessment are good we a We would to a to and for the on the BioMRS biological and to for all aspects of the BioMRS We would also to the students who have in our and on the participants. of

International Journal of Epidemiology · 63 citationsread the source →

Stress-related thinking predicts the cortisol awakening response and somatic symptoms in healthy adults.

Objective: Perseverative cognition (i.e., worry, stress-related thinking) may prolong stress-related physiological activation. However, its role within the context of the written emotional disclosure paradigm has not been examined. This study explored: (1) the effects of stress-related thinking on the cortisol awakening response and upper respiratory infection symptoms and; (2) the efficacy of two expressive writing interventions on these health outcomes. Methods: Participants were randomly assigned to write about their most stressful life experience (using the Guided Disclosure Protocol; n=39) or positive life experiences (n=42) or plans for the day (n=41) for 20 min on 3 consecutive days. Participants reported the extent to which they thought about their assigned writing topic during the study and in the past (event-related thought). Cortisol was measured at 0, 15, 30 and 45 min after awakening on 2 consecutive days at baseline and 4 weeks post-intervention. Upper respiratory infection (URI) symptoms were assessed at baseline, at 4 weeks and at 6 months. Results: Results showed that the writing interventions had no beneficial effects on any of the outcome measures. However, a significant interaction was found between event-related thought and condition on the cortisol awakening response at 1 month follow-up and URI symptoms at 6 months. Among participants who wrote about stressful/traumatic events, higher stress-related thinking during the study predicted increased cortisol levels and URI symptoms compared to participants who reported low stress-related thinking. Discussion: These findings are broadly consistent with Brosschot et al.'s (2006) perseverative cognition hypothesis and highlight the importance of ruminative thinking in understanding stress-health processes.

Psychoneuroendocrinology · randomised controlled trial · 23 citationsread the source →

Psychological distress and unsatisfied need for psychosocial support in adolescent and young adult cancer patients during the first year following diagnosis.

Purpose: Identifying at-risk adolescent and young adult (AYA) cancer patients and referring them to age-appropriate psychosocial support services may be instrumental in reducing psychological distress and promoting psychosocial adaptation. The purpose of this study is to identify trajectories of clinically significant levels of distress throughout the first year following diagnosis and to distinguish factors, including supportive care service use, that predict the extent to which AYAs report distress. Methods: In this prospective multisite study, 215 AYAs aged 15-39 years were assessed for psychological distress and psychosocial support service use within the first 4 months of diagnosis and again 6 and 12 months later. On the basis of distress scores, respondents were assigned to one of four distress trajectory groups (Resilient, Recovery, Delayed, and Chronic). Multiple logistic regression analyses examined whether demographics, clinical variables, and reports of unsatisfied need for psychosocial support were associated with distress trajectories over 1 year. Results: Twelve percent of AYAs reported clinically significant chronic distress throughout the first 12 months following diagnosis. An additional 15% reported delayed distress. Substantial proportions of AYAs reported that needs for information (57%), counseling (41%), and practical support (39%) remained unsatisfied at 12 months following diagnosis. Not getting counseling needs met, particularly with regard to professional mental health services, was observed to be significantly associated with distress over time. Conclusions: Substantial proportions of AYAs are not utilizing psychosocial support services. Findings suggest the importance of identifying psychologically distressed AYAs and addressing their needs for mental health counseling throughout a continuum of care.

Psycho-oncology · 173 citationsread the source →

The Social Epidemiology of Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome

Social epidemiology is defined as the study of the distribution of health outcomes and their social determinants (1). It builds on the classic epidemiologic triangle of host, agent, and environment to focus explicitly on the role of social determinants in infectious disease transmission and progression. These determinants are the “features of and pathways by which societal conditions affect health” (2, p. 697). Early studies of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) focused on individual characteristics and behaviors in determining HIV risk, an approach that Fee and Krieger (3) refer to as “biomedical individualism.” Biomedical individualism is the basis of risk factor epidemiology; by contrast, the social epidemiology perspective emphasizes social conditions as fundamental causes of disease (4) (table 1). Social epidemiologists examine how persons become exposed to risk or protective factors and under what social conditions individual risk factors are related to disease. Social factors are thus the focus of analysis and are not simply adjusted for as potentially confounding factors or used as proxies for unavailable individual-level data. Social factors are indeed critical to understanding nonuniform infectious disease patterns that emerge as a result of the dependent nature of disease transmission or the idea that an outcome in one person is dependent upon outcomes and exposures in others (5, 6). Contact patterns that enhance HIV/AIDS vulnerability may be conceptualized at multiple levels. Figure 1 distinguishes determinants of HIV/AIDS at three levels: individual, social, and structural. Individual factors include biologic, demographic, and behavioral risk factors that may influence the risk of HIV acquisition and disease progression. Social-level factors include critical pathways by which community and network structures link persons to society. These structures are central to understanding the diffusion and differential distribution of HIV/AIDS in population subgroups. Structural-level factors include social and economic factors, as well as laws and policies. These factors, in turn, affect HIV transmission dynamics and the differential distribution of HIV/AIDS. Infectious disease epidemiology provides models of the mechanisms through which social determinants affect HIV transmission (7). For example, the basic reproductive number of an infectious disease, R0 (8), describes secondary infections that arise from a primary infection. In the equation R0 = βCD, β is the probability of infection per contact, C is the number of contacts, and D is the duration of infectivity. The goal of intervention efforts is to reduce the empirical value of these terms by modifying the social conditions under which individual risk factors lead to disease. Examples of factors that affect the component terms of R0 in HIV epidemiology are presented in table 2. In this review, we present existing evidence linking social and structural determinants to HIV/AIDS. In addition, we discuss the implications of these findings for future social epidemiology research on HIV/AIDS as well as the design of more effective HIV/AIDS interventions. We searched the published literature to identify conceptual and empirical research reports on the social epidemiology of HIV/AIDS. Five databases were searched: PsycINFO (American Psychological Association, Washington, DC), PubMed (MEDLINE; National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland), Social Science Citation Index (Web of Science; Thomson ISI, Stamford, Connecticut), Sociological Abstracts (CSA, Bethesda, Maryland), and Digital Dissertations (ProQuest; UMI, Ann Arbor, Michigan). Searches were designed to include the factors we specified in our framework as social or structural factors (figure 1). Searches were limited to published articles in the English language for the period 1981–2003. The following keywords were included in each search: AIDS/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, HIV, and epidemiol*. Additional searches were conducted by using combinations of keywords listed in Appendix table 1 corresponding with our framework. We identified four categories of social-level factors of importance to HIV/AIDS epidemiology: cultural context, social networks, neighborhood effects, and social capital. Each uses different conceptual and methodological approaches to examine the effects of social forces on population HIV/AIDS vulnerability. Anthropologist Edward Tylor defined culture as “that complex whole which includes knowledge, belief, art, law, morals, custom, and any other capabilities and habits acquired by man as a member of society” (9, p. 1). Anthropologic and epidemiologic approaches may be integrated in a variety of ways to identify features of the social environment that affect HIV/AIDS risk. One way to explore how the social environment affects HIV/AIDS epidemiology is through the use of mixed research methods. Mixed-methods study designs integrate qualitative and quantitative research methods either sequentially or concurrently (10). In sequential study designs, qualitative methods may be used to explore a topic under study or to explain quantitative epidemiologic findings. Concurrent study designs are meant to confirm, cross-validate, or corroborate findings within a single study. A common type of concurrent mixed methods study is “triangulation,” and this approach has been used extensively in rapid assessments of illicit drug use and HIV/AIDS (11–13). Mixed methods approaches are particularly well suited to the investigation of the often hidden and stigmatizing behavioral and social factors underlying HIV epidemics. One exemplary study combining qualitative methods with quantitative methods was conducted by Beyrer et al. (14) to examine the role of overland heroin trafficking routes in shaping explosive HIV/AIDS epidemics among injection drug users in Southeast Asia. Piecing together data from a variety of sources, including existing epidemiologic data, key informant interviews, and laboratory data, this study revealed that distinct HIV subtypes emerged and recombined along drug trafficking routes originating in Myanmar, one of the world’s largest heroin producers. Along these trafficking routes, communities of injection drug users formed, facilitating the spread of HIV into local communities in Laos, Thailand, Vietnam, India, and China (refer, for example, to Panda et al. (15)). This illustration highlights the broader understanding of HIV/AIDS epidemiology that can be achieved by examining the interplay between contextual factors and social and behavioral factors. Investigation of social networks in HIV/AIDS began with the mapping of relationships between one of the first identified AIDS cases, an airline steward, and a large number of his male sex partners in the early 1980s (16). Social network analysis generates measures of the quality, density, position, and structure of relationships between persons, including dyads (partnerships), personal networks (“egocentric” networks), and larger communities (“sociometric” networks) (17, 18). Social networks can influence health outcomes in direct and indirect ways, including 1) social influence, 2) social engagement and participation, 3) prevalence of infectious disease and network member mixing, 4) access to material goods and informational resources, and 5) social support (19). Researchers have demonstrated that patterns in the structure of relationships—rather than differences in individual risk behaviors alone—explain observed HIV patterns (20, 21). The theoretical foundation for examining social networks in HIV research is closely tied to advances in sexually transmitted disease (STD) epidemiology. A key concept from STD epidemiology is the notion of the “core group,” a small group of disease transmitters responsible for a large proportion of cases (22). Friedman et al. (23) found that individuals’ locations within sociometric risk networks were associated with HIV risk among a group of injection drug users in New York City. Other concepts from STD epidemiology, such as partner concurrency, bridging, and mixing patterns, are also important in understanding HIV risk (24–29). Specific network characteristics that have been associated with HIV/AIDS include the size of subgroups and their distribution in a network (23), the centrality of HIV-positive persons within networks (30), partner selection patterns (24, 31–33), and concurrent sexual partnerships (28). Inclusion of these variables has been shown to improve transmission estimates in mathematical modeling (34, 35). Social and normative influences have also been associated with individual HIV risks (36, 37). Network-related social and normative influences are predictive of illicit drug use (38) and condom use behavior (37, 39), highlighting the importance of network-based interventions for HIV prevention (18). Kelly et al. (40, 41) developed a popular opinion leader model that has been effective in reducing HIV risk in several populations, including men who have sex with men and women in low-income housing (42). The success of this model has led to its adaption for international use by the National Institute of Mental Health Collaborative HIV/STD Prevention Trial in China, India, Peru, Russia, and Zimbabwe. Neighborhoods represent the intersection of social networks and physical spatial locations, a confluence Wallace (43) has called the “sociogeographic networks” through which infectious diseases spread. Early interest in the role of neighborhood social environment in disease transmission was sparked by a study in Colorado Springs, Colorado, in which researchers found that gonorrhea was highly focused geographically in core residential neighborhoods (44). Both direct and indirect mechanisms may determine how neighborhood-level factors shape population HIV/AIDS patterns. Direct mechanisms are those that increase the likelihood of a person coming into contact with someone who is HIV positive, for example, through residential segregation and the social isolation of marginalized populations. Indirect mechanisms include those that increase population vulnerability to HIV/AIDS, such as exposure to poor socioeconomic conditions, high unemployment, or the proliferation of illicit drug markets. A range of neighborhood-level factors have been examined in relation to infectious disease, including poverty and income (45, 46), residential segregation (47), and neighborhood physical environment (48, 49). Current research in neighborhood and area effects on health emphasizes the importance of moving beyond documentation of associations to analyze the social and epidemiologic mechanisms through which neighborhood effects might operate (50–54). Increasing concentrations of affluence and poverty are contributing to what demographer Douglas Massey has called “a radical change in the geographic basis of human society” (55, p. 395). Powerful social and economic forces in US cities are increasing neighborhood segregation by class and race/ethnicity (56, 57). Resulting social disorganization and loss of resources and services in poor neighborhoods are in turn shaping HIV/AIDS patterns at the neighborhood level. In a number of studies in New York City, for example, Wallace (58–63) has examined the complex interplay of public policies such as “planned shrinkage” with HIV epidemic dynamics in the Bronx, documenting the “synergy of plagues” that has accompanied rapid social change and the destruction of essential protective networks in poor communities. Using AIDS surveillance data, ecologic studies conducted in various US cities have also consistently found significant associations between income and poverty measures and neighborhood-level AIDS incidence and prevalence rates, and these findings have been consistent across census block groups (46), census tracts (64), and zip codes (65, 66). Length of survival an AIDS has also been with neighborhood measures of income and the of highly a of health at the population may also a role in shaping HIV/AIDS patterns, associations between HIV/AIDS and income at the neighborhood have not been well segregation by race/ethnicity is neighborhood-level that may an important role in HIV/AIDS may affect infectious disease patterns through the and isolation of persons in one increasing the probability of transmission within that For example, found that measures of residential isolation were protective for at risk of disease. Indirect effects of segregation are associated with of neighborhood and with for those in poor neighborhoods segregation may to understanding disease we of studies examining neighborhood segregation in relation to HIV/AIDS that have been The physical environment of neighborhoods has also been examined in relation to infectious disease. et al. examined gonorrhea and neighborhood physical environment in New by using an of physical to explore and to this the of physical such as and a in social in a of community this concept to public et al. found a significant between neighborhood physical and gonorrhea rates, a by a ecologic study of US physical environment may HIV risk by illicit drug use such as injection behaviors and of the mechanisms through which the observed associations may be and associations between the physical environment and HIV/AIDS is research is to support the design of neighborhood-level HIV/AIDS interventions. has differences are not result from social and economic by policies. are and to p. The of evidence ecologic associations between neighborhood-level factors and infectious disease that to be to identify of and defined social as of social structures that that is the of that in its not be p. Social may affect health through 1) the of 2) access to services and 3) of in a and 4) participation, to policies that are more to published studies have explicitly examined social in the of HIV/AIDS. In the and examined income and social as of STD and AIDS found social to be the of STD and AIDS In et al. examined one of social participation, as a for understanding community influences on HIV infection. found that in of and was in other social groups groups with high of social HIV risk. findings from these studies are and We identified categories of factors to HIV/AIDS epidemiology: structural and the and and Each is in the that highlights a of by often and forces that through as is more the the of p. is in patterns of on sexual and HIV A of how structural might influence HIV/AIDS risk is presented in 2. The and uses of race/ethnicity in epidemiologic research have been the of analysis and Social epidemiologists race/ethnicity as an of social forces than physical has that race/ethnicity is a for exposure to which may be defined as the and individual that and of p. The study of disease is of central importance in the study of HIV/AIDS In the for example, the of HIV HIV/AIDS and of also high HIV/AIDS with of behavioral risk factors at the individual have not observed HIV/AIDS or STD by race/ethnicity individual pathways by which HIV/AIDS in a group complex of economic and social patterns, of illicit and health Social epidemiology is and evidence as to what factors and these HIV/AIDS and found that sexual networks for in sexually transmitted infection in the National Health and Social et al. found that risk network structure in a of injection drug users in differences in HIV prevalence between and and structural factors key in shaping the patterns that to HIV/AIDS For example, the effects of sex from the of men may be relationships and sexual segregation by race/ethnicity also to shape social and risk networks in ways that to disease patterns. residential segregation was and associated with gonorrhea at the in the patterns might be observed for HIV/AIDS. is in the proportion of women among HIV/AIDS cases the for of HIV-positive in through and for of HIV-positive in HIV infections in women are at an and women are and more to HIV infection. theoretical for understanding in HIV/AIDS have been including and human beyond as a risk these approaches structural for in HIV/AIDS. focus has been on women in the of sex or transmission women HIV from their partner and reducing acquisition of HIV among men is key to reducing the spread of HIV to women the of and and than their male partners upon of HIV-positive in of of and HIV risks by women The effects of include individual to HIV and a of to HIV prevention The for and Prevention estimates that one of those with HIV not their HIV and have central in shaping to HIV/AIDS the effects of these social forces on the differential distribution of HIV/AIDS have not been well has been examined at the individual in studies of and and to of and in a that the of to p. et al. have defined as and that are at to have AIDS or HIV and at the and communities with which these are p. and have that a conceptual framework for understanding is our of and to as social that can be in relation to broader of and p. in et al. that HIV transmission and with AIDS the of or structural interventions change the in which and communities HIV infection The effective have been those in which communities have to and by increasing community of HIV Social interventions to and to affect community The for this is found in diffusion which on social networks, opinion and change these are by cultural through the in social networks within communities are essential for and behavior change to to HIV/AIDS structures refer to as well as to the and with their and et al. that laws can affect health in 1) may be a through which social determinants affect health direct and 2) may to social conditions associated with health outcomes indirect of direct effects of on HIV risk are on access to injection which have been associated with HIV incidence of an indirect of structures is the of laws on income which may social conditions that increase HIV vulnerability. key social determinants of HIV/AIDS, including poverty and income and community social change may affect HIV/AIDS patterns through population and and the and structures of Each of these factors may be as modifying between and persons in populations. the HIV infection than populations, of HIV prevalence in the or and may affect HIV transmission studies of have into 1) studies of the spread of HIV along and 2) studies of the that vulnerability to HIV/AIDS can the spread of HIV subtypes and to patterns of and evidence linking patterns and Beyrer et al. (14) found that distinct HIV subtypes were associated with different illicit drug trafficking routes in Southeast Asia. has to the spread of HIV in India, and In addition, studies have identified the importance of in the of for HIV/AIDS is a classic of an health have examined the role of in population HIV/AIDS patterns that might for the effects of on HIV/AIDS patterns include sexual and drug use patterns to in patterns, and of and persons, and on the health sex that men have also been associated with high HIV/AIDS prevalence at the This ecologic is to be by the effects of cultural at the local of the effects might have on and network patterns. the of resources in the public and and the environment a central role in the and of HIV/AIDS epidemics. of importance to HIV/AIDS include health social and illicit drug HIV/AIDS is a high on the health of and policies are to be contributing to increasing HIV/AIDS The complex and between policies and HIV/AIDS are to be policies affect health and by poverty in the distribution of and health have that structural designed to and in have a on the HIV/AIDS by increasing and and reducing in the health and social services as to how policies can be designed to to in HIV/AIDS Structural-level health policies and can to in HIV/AIDS HIV prevention have on individual behavior the of the HIV prevention is with of the for that the social and economic of HIV/AIDS The condom is an exemplary of an effective structural HIV prevention to the environment in which HIV risk behaviors the of may also affect in HIV/AIDS transmission by reducing among HIV-positive Social policies a critical role in the of those to HIV/AIDS, such as or Social policies such as and public affect access to resources and can also affect HIV transmission and access to quantitative research has social change to population health outcomes qualitative research has the importance of social in shaping risk In for example, et al. the effects of the and of which Social and Social on the basis of drug and in this study into the drug of income of and in behaviors in an to HIV to studies of the associations between social policies and HIV/AIDS are to the human of policies of with the of those to HIV/AIDS and to identify drug also has a significant on HIV/AIDS. drug particularly of is HIV epidemics in the The on has focused on to the of which of prevention and measures policies for those trafficking or illicit have in of persons for drug The direct of patterns to be For example, et al. found that on policies such as the of and of those with use from Social were associated with in is a risk factor for HIV risk behaviors have been shown to associated with of and HIV risk of in have access to can increase HIV/AIDS risk and by social and risk networks, or and increasing poverty and social in in risk behaviors in of have been For example, et al. found that the in was associated with among injection drug users in of the of heroin trafficking from In the of the of has also been associated with HIV/AIDS forces are often and of men from In a study for the found that a in the size of the from to as a proportion of population reduce HIV among by 1 to the of in are to reduce HIV in with HIV/AIDS prevention and for The of social epidemiology to the HIV/AIDS have in This is in to a that from a that risk factors for disease to one that the that patterns of disease in p. and methodological in the have this our understanding of multiple causes of risk in modeling geographic and databases linking public health data with on social factors enhance our to and in ways that more closely the of HIV/AIDS epidemics. social epidemiology research in HIV/AIDS determine how we can design more effective of interventions at multiple of social A number of key which of the larger social environment in HIV/AIDS transmission and disease are model complex and be has these include data variables and of analysis at multiple contextual effects, and complex with and p. approaches are for the effective of social-level interventions. persons are with HIV/AIDS, and an HIV infections in effective are high drug and in are to of an HIV more These the to underlying social and structural determinants of HIV/AIDS through policies and This was by from the National Institute on The of the New York of for for and A framework for the social epidemiology of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome The the the nature of the between of In are between factors at that to observed epidemic patterns. sexually transmitted infection. 2. through which various of structural might influence the risk of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome of how epidemiology is examined by using different research HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency In this a is between three approaches to social epidemiology: a a social of disease and an This table is on by Krieger of how epidemiology is examined by using different research HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency In this a is between three approaches to social epidemiology: a a social of disease and an This table is on by Krieger terms in the equation for the basic reproductive and factors that affect the empirical estimates of the terms in the of HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency terms in the equation for the basic reproductive and factors that affect the empirical estimates of the terms in the of HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency keywords used to databases for published literature on the social epidemiology of of Bethesda, HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency keywords used to databases for published literature on the social epidemiology of of Bethesda, HIV, human immunodeficiency acquired immunodeficiency

Epidemiologic Reviews · meta-analysis · 394 citationsread the source →

Collaborative Care for Opioid and Alcohol Use Disorders in Primary Care: The SUMMIT Randomized Clinical Trial.

Importance: Primary care offers an important and underutilized setting to deliver treatment for opioid and/or alcohol use disorders (OAUD). Collaborative care (CC) is effective but has not been tested for OAUD. Objective: To determine whether CC for OAUD improves delivery of evidence-based treatments for OAUD and increases self-reported abstinence compared with usual primary care. Design, setting, and participants: A randomized clinical trial of 377 primary care patients with OAUD was conducted in 2 clinics in a federally qualified health center. Participants were recruited from June 3, 2014, to January 15, 2016, and followed for 6 months. Interventions: Of the 377 participants, 187 were randomized to CC and 190 were randomized to usual care; 77 (20.4%) of the participants were female, of whom 39 (20.9%) were randomized to CC and 38 (20.0%) were randomized to UC. The mean (SD) age of all respondents at baseline was 42 (12.0) years, 41(11.7) years for the CC group, and 43 (12.2) yearsfor the UC group. Collaborative care was a system-level intervention, designed to increase the delivery of either a 6-session brief psychotherapy treatment and/or medication-assisted treatment with either sublingual buprenorphine/naloxone for opioid use disorders or long-acting injectable naltrexone for alcohol use disorders. Usual care participants were told that the clinic provided OAUD treatment and given a number for appointment scheduling and list of community referrals. Main outcomes and measures: The primary outcomes were use of any evidence-based treatment for OAUD and self-reported abstinence from opioids or alcohol at 6 months. The secondary outcomes included the Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set (HEDIS) initiation and engagement measures, abstinence from other substances, heavy drinking, health-related quality of life, and consequences from OAUD. Results: At 6 months, the proportion of participants who received any OAUD treatment was higher in the CC group compared with usual care (73 [39.0%] vs 32 [16.8%]; logistic model adjusted OR, 3.97; 95% CI, 2.32-6.79; P < .001). A higher proportion of CC participants reported abstinence from opioids or alcohol at 6 months (32.8% vs 22.3%); after linear probability model adjustment for covariates (β = 0.12; 95% CI, 0.01-0.23; P = .03). In secondary analyses, the proportion meeting the HEDIS initiation and engagement measures was also higher among CC participants (initiation, 31.6% vs 13.7%; adjusted OR, 3.54; 95% CI, 2.02-6.20; P < .001; engagement, 15.5% vs 4.2%; adjusted OR, 5.89; 95% CI, 2.43-14.32; P < .001) as was abstinence from opioids, cocaine, methamphetamines, marijuana, and any alcohol (26.3% vs 15.6%; effect estimate, β = 0.13; 95% CI, 0.03-0.23; P = .01). Conclusions and relevance: Among adults with OAUD in primary care, the SUMMIT collaborative care intervention resulted in significantly more access to treatment and abstinence from alcohol and drugs at 6 months, than usual care. Trial registration: clinicaltrials.gov Identifier: NCT01810159.

JAMA internal medicine · randomised controlled trial · 174 citationsread the source →

Acute and chronic effects of hot water immersion on inflammation and metabolism in sedentary, overweight adults.

Regular exercise-induced acute inflammatory responses are suggested to improve the inflammatory profile and insulin sensitivity. As body temperature elevations partly mediate this response, passive heating might be a viable tool to improve the inflammatory profile. This study investigated the acute and chronic effects of hot water immersion on inflammatory and metabolic markers. Ten sedentary, overweight men [body mass index (BMI): 31.0 ± 4.2 kg/m2, mean ± SD] were immersed in water set at 39°C for 1 h (HWI) or rested for 1 h at ambient temperature (AMB). Venous blood was obtained before the session, immediately postsession, and 2 h postsession for assessment of monocyte intracellular heat shock protein-72 (iHsp72) and plasma concentrations of extracellular Hsp72 (eHsp72), interleukin-6 (IL-6), fasting glucose, insulin, and nitrite. Thereafter, participants underwent a 2-wk intervention period, consisting of 10 hot water immersion sessions (INT). Eight BMI-matched participants (BMI: 30.0 ± 2.5 kg/m2) were included as control (CON). Plasma IL-6 and nitrite concentrations were higher immediately following HWI compared with AMB (IL-6 P < 0.001, HWI: 1.37 ± 0.94 to 2.51 ± 1.49 pg/ml; nitrite P = 0.04, HWI: 271 ± 52 to 391 ± 72 nM), whereas iHsp72 expression was unchanged ( P = 0.57). In contrast to resting iHsp72 expression ( P = 0.59), fasting glucose ( P = 0.04; INT: 4.44 ± 0.93 to 3.98 ± 0.98 mmol/l), insulin ( P = 0.04; INT: 68.1 ± 44.6 to 55.0 ± 29.9 pmol/l), and eHsp72 ( P = 0.03; INT: 17 ± 41% reduction) concentrations were lowered after INT compared with CON. HWI induced an acute inflammatory response and increased nitric oxide bioavailability. The reductions in fasting glucose and insulin concentrations following the chronic intervention suggest that hot water immersion may serve as a tool to improve glucose metabolism. NEW & NOTEWORTHY A single hot water immersion (HWI) session induces an acute increase in plasma interleukin-6 and nitrite concentrations but does not acutely elevate heat shock protein-72 expression in monocytes [intracellular Hsp72 (iHsp72)]. A chronic HWI intervention reduces fasting glucose and insulin concentrations in the absence of changes in resting iHsp72. Therefore, HWI shows potential as a strategy to combat chronic low-grade inflammation and improve glucose metabolism in individuals without the physical capacity to do so using exercise.

Journal of applied physiology (Bethesda, Md. : 1985) · randomised controlled trial · 84 citationsread the source →

Smoking cessation for people with severe mental illness (SCIMITAR+): a pragmatic randomised controlled trial.

Background: People with severe mental illnesses such as schizophrenia are three times more likely to smoke than the wider population, contributing to widening health inequalities. Smoking remains the largest modifiable risk factor for this health inequality, but people with severe mental illness have not historically engaged with smoking cessation services. We aimed to test the effectiveness of a combined behavioural and pharmacological smoking cessation intervention targeted specifically at people with severe mental illness. Methods: In the smoking cessation intervention for severe mental illness (SCIMITAR+) trial, a pragmatic, randomised controlled study, we recruited heavy smokers with bipolar disorder or schizophrenia from 16 primary care and 21 community-based mental health sites in the UK. Participants were eligible if they were aged 18 years or older, and smoked at least five cigarettes per day. Exclusion criteria included substantial comorbid drug or alcohol problems and people who lacked capacity to consent at the time of recruitment. Using computer-generated random numbers, participants were randomly assigned (1:1) to a bespoke smoking cessation intervention or to usual care. Participants, mental health specialists, and primary care physicians were unmasked to assignment. The bespoke smoking cessation intervention consisted of behavioural support from a mental health smoking cessation practitioner and pharmacological aids for smoking cessation, with adaptations for people with severe mental illness-such as, extended pre-quit sessions, cut down to quit, and home visits. Access to pharmacotherapy was via primary care after discussion with the smoking cessation specialist. Under usual care participants were offered access to local smoking cessation services not specifically designed for people with severe mental illnesses. The primary endpoint was smoking cessation at 12 months ascertained via carbon monoxide measurements below 10 parts per million and self-reported cessation for the past 7 days. Secondary endpoints were biologically verified smoking cessation at 6 months; number of cigarettes smoked per day, Fagerström Test for Nicotine Dependence (FTND) and Motivation to Quit (MTQ) questionnaire; general and mental health functioning determined via the Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9), the Generalised Anxiety Disorder-7 (GAD-7) questionnaire, and 12-Item Short Form Health Survey (SF-12); and body-mass index (BMI). This trial was registerd with the ISRCTN registry, number ISRCTN72955454, and is complete. Findings: Between Oct 7, 2015, and Dec 16, 2016, 526 eligible patients were randomly assigned to the bespoke smoking cessation intervention (n=265) or usual care (n=261). 309 (59%) participants were male, median age was 47·2 years (IQR 36·3-54·5), with high nicotine dependence (mean 24 cigarettes per day [SD 13·2]), and the most common severe mental disorders were schizophrenia or other psychotic illness (n=343 [65%]), bipolar disorder (n=115 [22%]), and schizoaffective disorder (n=66 [13%]). 234 (88%) of intervention participants engaged with the treatment programme and attended 6·4 (SD 3·5) quit smoking sessions, with an average duration of 39 min (SD 17; median 35 min, range 5-120). Verified quit data at 12 months were available for 219 (84%) of 261 usual care and 223 (84%) of 265 intervention participants. The proportion of participants who had quit at 12 months was higher in the intervention group than in the usual care group, but non-significantly (34 [15%] of 223 [13% of those assigned to group] vs 22 [10%] of 219 [8% of those assigned to group], risk difference 5·2%, 95% CI -1·0 to 11·4; odds ratio [OR] 1·6, 95% CI 0·9 to 2·9; p=0·10). The proportion of participants who quit at 6 months was significantly higher in the intervention group than in the usual care group (32 [14%] of 226 vs 14 [6%] of 217; risk difference 7·7%, 95% CI 2·1 to 13·3; OR 2·4, 95% CI 1·2 to 4·6; p=0·010). The incidence rate ratio for number of cigarettes smoked per day at 6 months was 0·90 (95% CI 0·80 to 1·01; p=0·079), and at 12 months was 1·00 (0·89 to 1·13; p=0·95). At both 6 months and 12 months, the intervention group was non-significantly favoured in the FTND (adjusted mean difference 6 months -0·18, 95% CI -0·53 to 0·17, p=0·32; and 12 months -0·01, -0·39 to 0·38, p=0·97) and MTQ questionnaire (adjusted mean difference 0·58, -0·01 to 1·17, p=0·056; and 12 months 0·64, 0·04 to 1·24, p=0·038). The PHQ-9 showed no difference between the groups (adjusted mean difference at 6 months 0·20, 95% CI -0·85 to 1·24 vs 12 months -0·12, -1·18 to 0·94). For the SF-12 survey, we saw evidence of improvement in physical health in the intervention group at 6 months (adjusted mean difference 1·75, 95% CI 0·21 to 3·28), but this difference was not evident at 12 months (0·59, -1·07 to 2·26); and we saw no difference in mental health between the groups at 6 or 12 months (adjusted mean difference at 6 months -0·73, 95% CI -2·82 to 1·36, and 12 months -0·41, -2·35 to 1·53). The GAD-7 questionnaire showed no difference between the groups (adjusted mean difference at 6 months -0·32 95% CI -1·26 to 0·62 vs 12 months -0·10, -1·05 to 0·86). No difference in BMI was seen between the groups (adjusted mean difference 6 months 0·16, 95% CI -0·54 to 0·85; 12 months 0·25, -0·62 to 1·13). Interpretation: This bespoke intervention is a candidate model of smoking cessation for clinicians and policy makers to address high prevalence of smoking. The incidence of quitting at 6 months shows that smoking cessation can be achieved, but the waning of this effect by 12 months means more effort is needed for sustained quitting. Funding: National Institute for Health Research Health Technology Assessment Programme.

The lancet. Psychiatry · randomised controlled trial · 134 citationsread the source →

Moral injury and mental health in healthcare workers are linked to organizational culture and modifiable workplace conditions: Results of a national, mixed-methods study conducted at Veterans Affairs (VA) medical centers during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Using mixed methods, we examined drivers of risk for moral injury, mental health symptoms, and burnout among frontline healthcare workers in high-risk Veterans Affairs (VA) clinical settings during the COVID-19 pandemic. Across 21 VA medical centers, 2,004 healthcare workers completed an online survey assessing potential risk factors for moral injury, posttraumatic stress, depression, and burnout. Assessed risk factors included: pandemic exposures; individual worker characteristics; aspects of workplace/organizational culture; and facility performance on standardized measures of care quality, patient satisfaction, and employee satisfaction (extracted from VA administrative data). Among surveyed workers, 39% were at risk for moral injury, 41% for posttraumatic stress, 27% for depression, and 25% for persistent burnout. In generalized linear mixed models, significant predictors of moral injury risk included perceived lack of management support for worker health/safety, supervisor support, coworker support, and empowerment to make job-related decisions-all modifiable workplace factors. Pandemic-related risk factors for moral injury included prolonged short-staffing, denying patient-family visits, and high work-family conflict. Predictors of posttraumatic stress, depression, and burnout were similar. Forty-six surveyed workers completed a follow-up qualitative interview about experiences of moral distress in the workplace, and interview themes aligned closely with survey findings. Rapid qualitative analysis identified protective factors that may reduce moral injury risk, including a collaborative workplace community, engaged leadership, empowerment to make changes in the workplace, and opportunity to process distressing events. We conclude with recommendations to mitigate moral injury risk in healthcare organizations. These include involving workers in discussions of high-stakes decisions that will affect them, creating consistent and clear channels of communication between the frontlines and leaders of the organization, practicing leadership rounding to improve leaders' understanding of the daily work of frontline teams, and collaborating to understand how existing processes and policies may contribute to safety risks and moral conflict.

PLOS mental health · 7 citationsread the source →

Comparison of forgiveness and anger-reduction group treatments: a randomized controlled trial.

Interventions to promote forgiveness are effective. However, in what ways and in comparison to what other treatments is still unresolved. College students (n=112) who had been hurt in the past and struggled to overcome their negative experiences of it participated in this study. They were randomly assigned to one of two treatments, one focused on promoting forgiveness and one focused on reducing anger for past hurts, or a waiting list control. Treatment consisted of six 90-minute sessions held in small groups led by one facilitator over the course of 3 weeks. Results of three-level (time within participants within groups) hierarchical linear modeling indicated that the forgiveness treatment (n=41) resulted in greater reductions in hostility and psychological symptoms and more empathy for the offender than the alternative treatment (n=39) and the waitlist (n=32). Participants in both treatment conditions reported greater reductions in desires for revenge than those in the waitlist condition. All participants reported a significant reduction in rumination about the offense. Clinical significance testing mirrored these results. These findings support forgiveness-promoting treatments as effective for reducing psychological symptoms and achieving forgiveness, and suggest that they may be more effective than other types of treatments.

Psychotherapy research : journal of the Society for Psychotherapy Research · randomised controlled trial · 14 citationsread the source →

Heart rate variability

IN FOCUSHeart rate variabilityHarald M. StaussHarald M. StaussDepartment of Exercise Science, University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52242Published Online:01 Nov 2003https://doi.org/10.1152/ajpregu.00452.2003MoreSectionsPDF (59 KB)Download PDF ToolsExport citationAdd to favoritesGet permissionsTrack citations the rhythm of the heart has not only fascinated cardiologists but also inspired poets and musicians. Indeed, the periodic beat of the heart was used to define the speed of music. In music notation, the traditional Italian term "moderato" originally referred to one beat of the measure per walking pace (76-80 paces/min) or heartbeat (∼72 beats/min). The use of the heartbeat to define the speed of music may imply that the periodicity of the beat of the heart is very constant. However, this is not necessarily the case. In fact, loss of heart rate variability can indicate severe cardiovascular diseases and reliably predict poor outcome of such conditions (18, 22, 27, 47a). This In Focus article reviews sources of heart rate variability, its role as a prognostic marker for cardiovascular diseases, and its application in estimation of cardiac autonomic nervous system activity. All of these topics have been addressed intensely in articles published in the American Journal of Physiology-Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology during the last two years. In healthy subjects, the sinoatrial node located at the posterior wall of the right atrium initiates each beat of the heart. Due to the unstable membrane potential of the myocytes located in this region, action potentials are generated periodically at a fairly constant frequency. This relatively constant frequency generated by the autorhythmicity of the sinoatrial node is modulated by many factors that add variability to the heart rate signal at different frequencies. According to the Task Force of The European Society of Cardiology and The North American Society of Pacing and Electrophysiology (47a) these frequencies are classified into 1) ultra-low frequencies (ULF; >5-h cycle length) that include the circadian rhythm (6, 9, 34, 54); 2) very low frequencies (VLF; >25-s cycle length) that are supposed to be affected by temperature regulation (1, 7, 34, 52, 54) and humoral systems (9, 36); 3) low frequencies (LF; >6-s cycle length in humans) that are sensitive to changes in cardiac sympathetic (and presumably parasympathetic) nerve activity (27, 30); and 4) high frequencies (HF; 2.5- to 6.0-s cycle length in humans) that are synchronized to the respiratory rhythm (5) and are primarily modulated by cardiac parasympathetic innervation (38).The most prominent oscillation in the ULF band of the heart rate spectrum is the circadian rhythm. The autonomic nervous system contributes significantly to circadian heart rate variability. Using long-term recordings in conscious rabbits, Barrett et al. (6) demonstrated a strong circadian rhythm in heart rate, mean arterial blood pressure, renal blood flow, and renal sympathetic nerve activity. The importance of this study is that it clearly demonstrates that sympathetic nerve discharges exhibit a strong circadian rhythmicity. The paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus (PVN) appears to play a central role in mediating the circadian rhythm of autonomic nervous system activity. First, GABAergic and glutamatergic neurons project from the suprachiasmatic nuclei of the hypothalamus (SCN) to spinal-projecting neurons of the PVN (12). The SCN is the major central oscillator that triggers the day/night cycle. It receives photic input from the retina (47) and drives many neuroendocrine, metabolic, autonomic, and behavioral circadian rhythms (14, 16, 21, 31, 35, 44, 46, 50). In addition, microinjections of the inhibitory neurotransmitter GABA into the PVN of anesthetized rats elicit dose-dependent decreases in renal sympathetic nerve activity, whereas bicuculline (a GABA antagonist) increases renal sympathetic nerve activity (56). Second, from the PVN, neurons project to the nucleus of the solitary tract (that integrates inputs from the baroreceptors), the nucleus ambiguus (origin of preganglionic parasympathetic neurons to the heart), the rostroventrolateral medulla (location of sympathetic premotor neurons), and the intermediolateral cell column of the thoracolumbar spinal cord (location of preganglionic sympathetic neurons). Thus PVN neurons can modulate autonomic nervous system activity by sending inputs to major sites of autonomic nervous system regulation. As an example, a pivotal role of the PVN for sympathoexcitation during parturition was recently demonstrated in sheep. The increase in sympathetic nerve activity that accompanies birth in maternal animals was prevented by stereotactic lesioning of the PVN (43). Taken together, a major component of the circadian heart rate variability is elicited by diurnal fluctuations in autonomic nervous system activity, generated by corresponding fluctuations of neuronal activity within the PVN, which depend on circadian inputs originating from the SCN.It has been suggested that thermoregulation affects VLF heart rate variability (10, 26). Cooling the heart causes bradycardia, a mechanism used in heart surgeries. Conversely, fever is known to increase heart rate. Raising body core temperature from 36.0 to 36.6°C caused an increase in heart rate by almost 40 beats/min in male subjects (1), whereas acutely reducing ambient temperature from thermoneutral conditions (35°C) to 29, 23, and 17°C, reduced heart rate from 400 to 250 beats/min in 8-day-old rats (7). In addition, lowering temperature in the isolated working rat heart from 37 to 31°C reduced heart rate from 332 to 215 beats/min and markedly increased heart rate variability (28), indicating that parts of the temperature effects on heart rate and heart rate variability are independent from the autonomic nervous system. In contrast to the tachycardia that accompanies acute elevations in temperature, chronically raising ambient temperature in adult rodents from a standard housing temperature of 21-23°C to thermoneutral conditions (29-30°C) reduced heart rate by roughly 50 beats/min in rats (34) and by 200-300 beats/min in mice (54). The authors of these articles (34, 54) suggested that standard housing temperatures are associated with cold stress that causes parallel activation of brown adipose tissue, cardiac, and vasomotor sympathetic drives that elicits nonshivering thermogenesis and tonically elevates heart rate and arterial blood pressure. These and other studies indicate that both direct effects of temperature on pacemaker activity of the sinus node (28) and indirect effects mediated via the autonomic nervous system (11, 25, 51, 55) mediate temperature effects on heart rate and heart rate variability. Thus fluctuation in temperature is an important source of heart rate variability that should not be underestimated. In a more recent study, this was taken into account by core body temperature correction of heart rate variability (3).Endocrine factors affecting heart rate variability include thyroxine, reproductive hormones, the renin-angiotensin system, steroids, and others. Chronic subcutaneous infusion of angiotensin II in rats markedly increased blood pressure and heart rate variability, expressed as standard deviation (9). In contrast, chronic corticosterone treatment is likely to reduce baroreflex-mediated heart rate variability, because baroreceptor-heart rate (39) and baroreceptor-renal sympathetic nerve activity reflex sensitivity (41) were blunted in chronically corticosterone-treated rats. Furthermore, an interaction between angiotensin II and glucocorticoids was recently described. Intracerebro-ventricular microinjections of angiotensin II AT1 receptor antagonists caused marked decreases in mean blood pressure and heart rate in rats chronically treated with corticosterone but not in control animals (40). This interaction is likely to take place in the central nervous system, because peripheral angiotensin II AT1 receptor blockade did not alter the effects of betamethasone treatment on blood pressure, heart rate, and baroreceptor-heart rate reflex sensitivity in newborn lambs (42).Adenosine is a substance less known to affect heart rate variability. It is produced locally in the heart (53) and binds to A1-adenosinergic receptors, which are among the earliest expressed G protein-coupled receptors in the heart (36). The A1-adenosinergic agonist N6-cyclopentyladenosine dose dependently reduced heart rate in murine embryos, whereas 1,3-dipropyl-8-cyclopentylxanthine, an A1-adenosinergic antagonist, increased heart rate (36). Adenosine also exerts central nervous system effects in various brain areas (15, 20). Microinjections of adenosine into the nucleus of the solitary tract of awake rats caused dose-dependent changes in heart rate: low doses (0.01 nmol) produced a bradycardic response, whereas high doses (2.5-5.0 nmol) elicited a tachycardic response (15). Thus adenosine may indeed be involved in the regulation of heart rate and modulate heart rate variability via local cardiac and central nervous system effects. It has been proposed that the intrinsic cardiac nervous system plays an active role in regulating cardiac function (4, 37, 45, 57). This nervous system consists of sympathetic and parasympathetic neurons and interconnecting local circuits (37). Neurons in the canine right atrial ganglionated plexus (RAGP) spontaneously generate activity even after chronic cardiac autonomic denervation (45). Right atrial neurons in patients undergoing coronary artery bypass surgery generated spontaneous activity that was unrelated to the cardiac cycle but sensitive to changes in systemic arterial pressure, indicating that these neurons receive pressure-sensitive sensory inputs (4). In addition, it has been suggested that substance P acts as a neuromodulator and neurotransmitter in intracardiac ganglia of the guinea pig, modulates the response to vagal inputs, and triggers action potentials at the site of parasympathetic ganglia independent of acetylcholine (57). Furthermore, the right atrial (RAGP) and the posterior atrial ganglionated plexus (PAGP) appear to have different functions. Ablation of the PAGP reduced vagally mediated bradycardia by 26%, whereas RAGP ablation completely abolished this response. Inhibition of sympathetically mediated tachycardia by vagal stimulation was attenuated by ablation of either plexus (37). Thus parasympathetic efferent neurons are primarily located in the RAGP, whereas prejunctional parasympathetic-sympathetic interactions also involve neurons within the PAGP (37). The spontaneous activity of neurons in the intrinsic cardiac nervous system, even after cardiac denervation (45), suggests an active role of this system in regulating heart rate. However, the impact of the intrinsic cardiac nervous system on heart rate variability remains to be elucidated. The importance of the autonomic nervous system for heart rate variability in humans becomes apparent in patients following cardiac transplantation, in whom heart rate variability is markedly reduced (49). Although reinnervation is possible after months and years, initially transplanted hearts can be considered to be denervated. Thus the reduced heart rate variability in cardiac transplanted patients (49) underlines the importance of an intact autonomic innervation for spontaneously occurring heart rate variability. A major component of the chronotropic effect of the autonomic nervous system is linked to cAMP. Intracellular cAMP increases the inward current of Na+ (funny current, If), which determines the rate of the slow diastolic depolarization that precedes each action potential. The activity of adenylate cyclase and thus intracellular cAMP levels are increased by stimulation of sympathetic β1-adrenergic receptors and decreased (via a Gi protein) by stimulation of parasympathetic muscarinic receptors. Thus cardiac sympathetic innervation increases the rate of the slow diastolic depolarization and accelerates heart rate, while cardiac parasympathetic innervation elicits opposite effects. Interestingly, parasympathetic-mediated changes in heart rate occur much faster than sympathetic-mediated effects on heart rate (27, 30, 47a). As a result, cardiac sympathetic nervous system activity can only affect LF components of heart rate variability, whereas the parasympathetic nervous system can also modulate HF components. A hitherto unsolved question in this context is if the rapid heart rate response to parasympathetic stimulation compared with the slow effect of sympathetic inputs is due to 1) different kinetics of β1-adrenergic vs. muscarinic receptors, 2) different kinetics of adenylate cyclase vs. phosphodiesterase, the enzyme that cleaves cAMP, or 3) fast parasympathetic-mediated opening of KACh channels (via muscarinic receptors and a GK protein). Support for the latter possibility comes from experiments in the rabbit sinoatrial node that demonstrated that activation of KACh channels contributes to the initial slowing of heart rate as a result of vagal stimulation (8).On the basis of the different frequency response characteristics of sympathetic and parasympathetic modulation of heart rate, frequency analysis of heart rate variability is often used as a tool to determine "autonomic balance" or sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system activity (27, 47a). As an example, the wavelet transform was recently used to determine cardiac autonomic responses to reperfusion in patients with thrombolysis after coronary thrombosis. Depending on the location of the infarct, marked alterations in LF or HF spectral power of heart rate or in the LF/HF ratio was observed in all successful reperfusions (48).The HF component corresponds to the frequency of respiration and is driven by the vagus as indicated by the strong respiratory pattern of cardiac vagal motoneurons in the nucleus ambiguus (38). The LF component has been ascribed to sympathetic modulation of cardiac pacemaker activity, because a variety of studies demonstrated that acute interventions that increase sympathetic nervous system activity, such as orthostatic perturbations (17, 19, 33), mental stress (32), or handgrip exercise (13, 24) increases LF spectral power of heart rate (27, 30). In addition to acute perturbations of cardiac sympathetic nerve activity, feedback oscillations generated by the baroreceptor reflex also appear to contribute to LF spectral power of heart rate as it was demonstrated that sinoaortic denervation markedly reduces the LF component (27, 30). Despite the strong modulation of heart rate by the autonomic nervous system, the LF and HF spectral components of heart rate variability may not always be very reliable markers for cardiac sympathetic and parasympathetic "tone" (30). In a recent study, muscle sympathetic nerve activity was recorded together with heart rate variability during application of lower body negative pressure that is known to increase muscle sympathetic nerve activity (17, 33). At higher levels of lower body negative pressure (-15 mmHg), both muscle sympathetic nerve activity and relative LF spectral power of heart rate increased significantly, whereas HF spectral power decreased (17). These findings suggest that LF spectral power reflects cardiac sympathetic "tone." However, no correlation within subjects was found between changes in LF/HF ratio and muscle sympathetic nerve activity (17). Thus heart rate variability does not reliably reflect the sympathetic response to orthostatic stress. Respiration-related fluctuation of heart rate (respiratory sinus arrhythmia) is probably the most often investigated component of heart rate variability, as it is believed that this component reflects respiration-driven vagal modulation of sinus arrhythmia (27). In a recent study, Rentero et al. (38) recorded the electrical activity from cardiac vagal motoneurons in the nucleus ambiguus. Firing of these neurons was modulated by the central respiratory cycle. This and other studies support the view that respiratory sinus arrhythmia is generated by central coupling of the respiratory oscillator with autonomic centers in the brain stem. However, a mechanical cardiopulmonary coupling as a source of respiration-related heart rate variability has also been suggested (5). The Bainbridge reflex causes a tachycardia in response to hypervolemia. This reflex is initiated by atrial mechanoreceptors and uses efferent sympathetic and parasympathetic pathways to modulate heart rate in response to changes in central venous pressure (23). Thus respiratory changes in central blood volume cause corresponding respiratory fluctuations in cardiac autonomic nervous system activity via the Bainbridge reflex. Only the parasympathetic component of the efferent pathway of the reflex can contribute to respiratory sinus arrhythmia, because sympathetic actions on heart rate are too damped to follow the respiratory frequency. The gain and phase of the transfer function between respiratory changes in lung volume and R-R intervals of the ECG were calculated in human subjects during graded changes in central blood volume (5). At the respiratory frequency, the phase was -180 degree, indicating that an inspiratory increase in central blood volume was associated with a decrease in R-R interval (increase in heart rate). Furthermore, the gain of the transfer function at the respiratory frequency steadily increased with increasing central volumes (except at the highest volume). Both of these findings confirm the presence of the Bainbridge reflex in humans (5). Thus, in addition to the central coupling of respiratory oscillators with cardiovascular centers, the Bainbridge reflex may contribute to respiration-related heart rate variability by mechanical cardiopulmonary coupling. There is general agreement that low heart rate variability is an unfavorable prognostic marker for cardiovascular diseases, such as diabetic autonomic neuropathy, hypertension, myocardial infarction, and heart failure (18, 22, 27, 29, 47a). Heart rate variability (variance of R-R intervals) was reduced in patients with mild hypertension (29) compared with normal values (1,134 ± 202 vs. 3,466 ± 1,018 ms2) provided by the Task Force (47a). In the rat model of myocardial infarction-induced congestive heart failure, Francis and colleagues (18) reported loss of spontaneous heart rate variability 6 wk after coronary artery ligation. Interestingly, reduced heart rate variability was also observed in a rat model of depression that is based on chronic (4 wk) mild stress application (22). Because depression is an independent risk factor for coronary artery disease, this finding may realistically model a human disease process. The reduction in heart rate variability was abolished by β-adrenergic receptor blockade, indicating that the reduced heart rate variability in this model of depression is related to elevated cardiac sympathetic tone (22).In summary, heart rate variability is generated by multiple factors not exclusively limited to the autonomic nervous system. Specific frequency components of heart rate variability mirror acute perturbations of the autonomic nervous system but do not always reflect autonomic nervous system activity. Simple statistics of heart rate variability, such as the standard deviation of R-R intervals in the ECG, can reliably predict the prognosis of cardiovascular diseases.I thank Dr. R. McAllen for critically reviewing the manuscript. References 1 Aoki K, Stephens DP, and Johnson JM. Diurnal variation in cutaneous vasodilator and vasoconstrictor systems during heat stress. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: R591-R595, 2001.Link | ISI | Google Scholar3 Aoyagi N, Ohashi K, and Yamamoto Y. Frequency characteristics of long-term heart rate variability during constant-routine protocol. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 285: R171-R176, 2003.Link | ISI | Google Scholar4 Arora RC, Hirsch GM, Johnson Hirsch K, Hancock Friesen C, and Armour JA. Function of human intrinsic cardiac neurons in situ. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: R1736-R1740, 2001.Link | ISI | Google Scholar5 Barbieri R, Triedman JK, and Saul JP. Heart rate control and mechanical cardiopulmonary coupling to assess central volume: a systems analysis. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: R1210-R1220, 2002.Link | ISI | Google Scholar6 Barrett CJ, Navakatikyan MA, and Malpas SC. Long-term control of renal blood flow: what is the role of the renal nerves? Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: R1534-R1545, 2001.Link | ISI | Google Scholar7 Blumberg MS, Knoot TG, and Kirby RF. Neural and hormonal control of arterial pressure during cold exposure in un-anesthetized week-old rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: R1514-R1521, 2001.Link | ISI | Google Scholar8 Boyett MR, Kodama I, Honjo H, Arai A, Suzuki R, and Toyama J. Ionic basis of the chronotropic effect of acetylcholine on the rabbit sinoatrial node. Cardiovasc Res 29: 867-878, 1995.Crossref | PubMed | ISI | Google Scholar9 Braga and of on fluctuations and changes in blood pressure. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google and elicited of heart rate variability. J Physiol | ISI | Google and modulation of sympathetic nerve activity to muscle in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google and and GABA mediate suprachiasmatic nucleus inputs to spinal-projecting paraventricular Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and is not associated with of the exercise reflex in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google C, and Y. The effect of on the circadian control of human core body temperature is Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and of adenosine receptors in the does not affect the in awake rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google JK, A, and circadian and during two Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and sympathetic nerve and heart rate spectral effects of lower body negative pressure. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google Francis Johnson and of heart failure after myocardial in the Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google A, and of lower body pressure on muscle sympathetic nerve activity response to Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and Adenosine initial depression of in the rat in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google R, and and circadian phase in a diurnal the Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and Johnson alterations and autonomic in an model of Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google MA, and The interaction of the Bainbridge and in the conscious Res | ISI | Google A, and handgrip exercise arterial control of sympathetic in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and nerve regulation to is in rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and in heart rate variability. J Physiol | ISI | Google and function and cardiovascular interactions and Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and interval variability in isolated working rat hearts at various conditions and Res | PubMed | Google A, A, and and autonomic of in patients with mild Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google Malpas SC. Neural on cardiovascular and Am J Physiol Heart Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google and thermoregulation in and rats in a Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and effects on reflex responses to mental stress in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and reflex during orthostatic in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and and responses to and are in rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and and in a by cycle. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and of humoral heart rate regulation in the Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google Armour and within the intrinsic cardiac nervous system contribute to chronotropic regulation. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 285: 2003.Link | ISI | Google Rentero N, A, and McAllen of cardiac vagal motoneurons in rat nucleus ambiguus. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and modulate control of heart rate in conscious rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google and central actions of angiotensin to increase arterial pressure. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and modulate control of renal sympathetic nerve activity. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and modulation of cardiovascular and autonomic function in role of Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 280: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and Inhibition of sympathetic responses at birth in by of the paraventricular Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 283: 2002.Link | ISI | Google and JP. pattern of during acute and chronic in conscious adult rats. Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google Armour and of chronic cardiac on of canine intracardiac neurons in Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and levels and circadian rhythm of activity in the a model of Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 281: 2001.Link | ISI | Google and nerve response of suprachiasmatic nucleus and Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol 2002.Link | ISI | Google

American Journal of Physiology-Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology · review · 309 citationsread the source →

Healthy lifestyle and life expectancy at age 30 years in the Chinese population: an observational study.

Background: The improvement of life expectancy is one of the aims of the Healthy China 2030 blueprint. We aimed to investigate the extent to which healthy lifestyles are associated with life expectancy in Chinese adults. Methods: We used the prospective China Kadoorie Biobank (CKB) study to examine the relative risk of mortality associated with individual and combined lifestyle factors (never smoking or quitting not for illness, no excessive alcohol use, being physically active, healthy eating habits, and healthy body shape). Participants with coronary heart disease, stroke, cancer, or missing values for body-mass index were excluded. For analysis of chronic respiratory diseases, participants with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or asthma were excluded. We estimated the national prevalence of lifestyle factors using data from the China Nutrition and Health Surveillance (CNHS; 2015) and derived mortality rates from the Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study (2015). All three data sources were combined to estimate the life expectancy of individuals at age 30 years following different levels of lifestyle factors by using the life table method. The cause-specific decomposition of the life expectancy differences was analysed using Arriaga's method. Findings: After the exclusion of CKB participants with coronary heart disease, stroke, cancer, or missing BMI data at baseline, 487 209 were included in the primary analysis. Participants with COPD or asthma at baseline were additionally excluded for chronic respiratory disease-related analysis, leaving 451 233 participants with data available for analysis. Data from 171 127 adults aged 30-84 years from the CNHS 2015 were used to estimate the sex-specific and age-specific prevalence of lifestyle-related factors. There were 42 496 deaths documented over a median follow-up of 11·1 years (IQR 10·2-12·1) in CKB. The adjusted hazard ratios (aHRs) of participants adopting five versus 0-1 low-risk factors was 0·38 (95% CI 0·34-0·43) for all-cause mortality, aHR 0·37 (0·30-0·46) for cardiovascular disease mortality, aHR 0·47 (0·39-0·56) for cancer mortality, and aHR 0·30 (0·14-0·64) for chronic respiratory disease mortality. The life expectancy at age 30 years for individuals with 0-1 low-risk factors was on average 41·7 years (95% CI 41·5-42·0) for men and 47·3 years (46·6-48·0) for women. For individuals with all five low-risk factors, the life expectancy at age 30 was 50·5 years (95% CI 48·5-52·4) for men and 55·4 years (53·5-57·4) for women; meaning a difference of 8·8 years (95% CI 6·8-10·7) for men and 8·1 years (6·5-9·9) for women. The estimated extended life expectancy for men and women was mainly attributable to reduced death from cardiovascular disease (2·4 years [27% of the total extended life expectancy] for men and 3·7 years [46%] for women), cancer (2·6 years [30%] for men and 0·9 years [11%] for women), and chronic respiratory disease (0·6 years [7%] for men and 1·2 years [15%] for women). Interpretation: Our findings suggest that increasing the adoption of these five healthy lifestyle factors through public health interventions could be associated with substantial gains in life expectancy in the Chinese population. Funding: National Natural Science Foundation of China, National Key Research and Development Program of China, Kadoorie Charitable Foundation, UK Wellcome Trust.

The Lancet. Public health · cohort or longitudinal · 129 citationsread the source →

The adult respiratory distress syndrome cognitive outcomes study: long-term neuropsychological function in survivors of acute lung injury.

Rationale: Cognitive and psychiatric morbidity is common and potentially modifiable after acute lung injury (ALI). However, practical measures of neuropsychological function for use in multicenter trials are lacking. Objectives: To determine whether a validated telephone-based neuropsychological test battery is feasible in a multicenter trial. To determine the frequency and risk factors for long-term neuropsychological impairment. Methods: As an adjunct study to the Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Clinical Trials Network Fluid and Catheter Treatment Trial, we assessed neuropsychological function at 2 and 12 months post-hospital discharge. Measurements and main results: Of 406 eligible survivors, we approached 261 to participate and 213 consented. We tested 122 subjects at least once, including 102 subjects at 12 months. Memory, verbal fluency, and executive function were impaired in 13% (12 of 92), 16% (15 of 96), and 49% (37 of 76) of long-term survivors. Long-term cognitive impairment was present in 41 of the 75 (55%) survivors who completed cognitive testing. Depression, post-traumatic stress disorder, or anxiety was present in 36% (37 of 102), 39% (40 of 102), and 62% (63 of 102) of long-term survivors. Enrollment in a conservative fluid-management strategy (P = 0.005) was associated with cognitive impairment and lower partial pressure of arterial oxygen during the trial was associated with cognitive (P = 0.02) and psychiatric impairment (P = 0.02). Conclusions: Neuropsychological function can be assessed by telephone in a multicenter trial. Long-term neuropsychological impairment is common in survivors of ALI. Hypoxemia is a risk factor for long-term neuropsychological impairment. Fluid management strategy is a potential risk factor for long-term cognitive impairment; however, given the select population studied and an unclear mechanism, this finding requires confirmation.

American journal of respiratory and critical care medicine · clinical trial · 434 citationsread the source →

Litigation involving pediatric surgical conditions.

Purpose: Malpractice litigation among pediatric surgeons is a subject of concern and interest, but minimal factual data are known. Our goal was to investigate national litigation trends regarding pediatric surgical conditions. Methods: We queried WestlawNext database for malpractice cases involving pediatric (age ≤ 18) surgical conditions. Cases were included if they named a care provider or health center. We gathered data on diagnoses, procedures, care providers, allegations, location, and outcomes. Results: Our search revealed 4754 cases, and 170 met inclusion criteria. These ranged from 1965 to 2017 and represented 40 states. 110 cases involved a surgeon (41% pediatric surgeons). Appendicitis was the most common diagnosis identified. Cases frequently involved delayed/missed diagnoses or interventions (45.9%), technical concerns (35.9%), mortalities (26.5%), negligent perioperative care (23.6%), and informed consent concerns (4.7%). Technical complication was the most common allegation against surgeons (49.1%), and nonsurgeon cases typically involved a delayed/missed diagnosis (78.3%). 39% of cases resulted in favor of the defendant, 35% plaintiff, and 14% had a split verdict. Conclusion: Litigation involving pediatric surgical conditions is diverse, but appendicitis and circumcision comprise almost a third of cases. A greater understanding of these trends can help steer efforts in quality and safety as well as guide improved communication with families. Level of evidence: N/A.

Journal of pediatric surgery · review · 13 citationsread the source →

The cross-sectional association of stressful life events with depression severity among patients with hypertension and diabetes in Malawi.

Depressive disorders are a leading cause of global morbidity and remain disproportionately high in low- and middle-income settings. Stressful life events (SLEs) are known risk factors for depressive episodes and worsened depressive severity, yet are under-researched in comparison to other depression risk factors. As depression is often comorbid with hypertension, diabetes, and other noncommunicable diseases (NCDs), research into this relationship among patients with NCDs is particularly relevant to increasing opportunities for integrated depression and NCD care. This study aims to estimate the cross-sectional association between SLEs in the three months preceding baseline interviews and baseline depressive severity among patients with at least mild depressive symptoms who are seeking NCD care at 10 NCD clinics across Malawi. SLEs were measured by the Life Events Survey and depressive severity (mild vs. moderate to severe) was measured by the Patient Health Questionnaire-9. The study population (n = 708) was predominately currently employed, grand multiparous (5-8 children) women with a primary education level. Two thirds (63%) had mild depression while 26%, 8%, and 3% had moderate, moderately severe, and severe depression, respectively. Nearly all participants (94%) reported at least one recent SLE, with the most common reported SLEs being financial stress (48%), relationship changes (45%), death of a family member or friend (41%), or serious illness of a family member or friend (39%). Divorce/separation, estrangement from a family member, losing source of income, and major new health problems were significant predictors of greater (moderate or severe) depressive severity compared to mild severity. Having a major new health problem or experiencing divorce/separation resulted in particularly high risk of more severe depression. After adjustment, each additional SLE was associated with a 9% increased risk of moderate or worse depressive severity compared to mild depressive severity (RR: 1.09; (95% CI: 1.05, 1.13), p<0.0001). Among patients with NCDs with at least mild depressive symptoms, SLEs in the prior 3 months were associated with greater depressive severity. While many SLEs may not be preventable, this research suggests that assessment of SLEs and teaching of positive coping strategies when experiencing SLEs may play an important role in integrated NCD and depression treatment models.

PloS one · 3 citationsread the source →

Strategies for addressing adherence problems in patients with serious and persistent mental illness: recommendations from the expert consensus guidelines.

Poor adherence to medication can have devastating consequences for patients with serious mental illness. The literature review and recommendations in this article are reprinted from The Expert Consensus Guideline Series: Adherence Problems in Patients with Serious and Persistent Mental Illness, published in 2009. The expert consensus survey (39 questions, 521 options) on adherence problems in schizophrenia and bipolar disorder was completed by 41 experts in 2008. This article first reviews the literature on interventions aimed at improving adherence. It then presents the experts' recommendations for targeting factors that can contribute to nonadherence and relates them to the literature. The following psychosocial/programmatic and pharmacologic interventions were rated first line for specific problems that can lead to nonadherence: ongoing symptom/ side-effect monitoring for persistent symptoms or side effects; services targeting logistic problems; medication monitoring/environmental supports (e.g., Cognitive Adaptation Training, assertive community treatment) for lack of routines or cognitive deficits; and adjusting the dose or switching to a different oral antipsychotic for persistent side effects (also high second-line for persistent symptoms). Among pharmacologic interventions, the experts gave high second-line ratings to switching to a long-acting antipsychotic when lack of insight, substance use, persistent symptoms, logistic problems, lack of routines, or lack of family/ social support interfere with adherence and to simplifying the treatment regimen when logistic problems, lack of routines, cognitive deficits, or lack of family/social support interfere with adherence. Psychosocial/programmatic interventions that received high second-line ratings in a number of situations included medication monitoring/environmental supports, patient psychoeducation, more frequent and/or longer visits if possible, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), family-focused therapy, and services targeting logistic problems. It is important to identify specific factors that may be contributing to a patient's adherence problems in order to customize interventions and to consider using a multifaceted approach since multiple problems may be involved.

Journal of psychiatric practice · review · 113 citationsread the source →

Metastasis Suppressor Proteins: Discovery, Molecular Mechanisms, and Clinical Application

Clinically and experimentally, primary tumor formation and metastasis are distinct processes — locally growing tumors can progress without the development of metastases. This observation prompted the hypothesis that the molecular processes regulating tumorigenicity and metastasis are distinguishable and could be targeted therapeutically. During the process of transformation and subsequent progression to a malignant phenotype, both genetic and epigenetic alterations alter a cell's ability to perceive and respond to signals that regulate normal tissue homeostasis. A minority of tumorigenic cells accrue the full complement of alterations that enables them to disseminate from the primary tumor, survive insults from the immune system and biophysical forces, and respond to growth-promoting and/or inhibitory signals from the distant tissues and thrive there. Identification of genes and proteins that specifically inhibit the ability of cells to form metastases (e.g., metastasis suppressors) is providing new insights into the molecular mechanisms that regulate this complex process. This review will highlight: (a) the functional identification of metastasis suppressors, (b) the signaling cascades and cellular phenotypes which are controlled or modulated by metastasis suppressors, and (c) opportunities for translation and clinical trials that are based on mechanistic studies regarding metastasis suppressors. The identification of nm23, the first metastasis suppressor gene, provided functional evidence for the existence of genes that specifically regulate metastasis (1, 2). Subsequent to this initial discovery, researchers used in vivo studies to identify additional metastasis suppressors. These pioneering studies used an unbiased approach to identify such candidates by demonstrating that ectopic expression of the putative suppressor gene inhibited the development of spontaneous macroscopic metastases without significantly affecting primary tumor growth (3–5). Recently, this definition has been extended to include genes which specifically inhibit metastatic colonization (i.e., experimental metastasis formation using i.v. injection). The use of in vivo assays is required because in vitro assays are often of inadequate complexity to sufficiently model the entire process of metastasis. Furthermore, there are currently no in vitro models that allow the study of preferential growth within different target tissues. Table 1 lists the proteins which have bona fide metastasis suppressor activity in vivo (i.e., suppression of metastasis following ectopic expression into metastatic cell lines). It is interesting to note that metastasis suppressor activity for many of these genes would not have been predicted a priori based on their known cellular function(s). Furthermore, the unbiased, functional strategy identified novel genes for which no cellular function was known at the time of discovery. Metastasis suppressors can impart their suppressive activity at one or more of the steps in the metastatic cascade (6). For example, in vivo studies showed that metastatic cancer cells which express ectopic KISS1, JNKK1/MKK4, MKK6, MKK7, TXNIP, nm23-H1, or SSeCKS proteins could successfully disseminate and lodge at secondary sites, but are suppressed in their ability to colonize (i.e., form overt metastases) target tissues (7–12). After lodging at secondary sites, disseminated cells may die, persist as nondividing cells, or initiate growth (13). Such pivotal cellular decisions depend on both the expression of a specific gene profile as well as the activation status of key signaling pathways and the cumulative inputs of timing, amplitude, and duration of signaling responses. In short, cells expressing metastasis suppressors grow at primary sites, but fail to proliferate at secondary or metastatic sites, suggesting differential responses to site-specific external signals. Although the observation that a gene of interest functions as a metastasis suppressor is an excellent starting point, research is now focused on the biochemical and molecular mechanisms by which metastasis suppressor proteins execute their in vivo functions. Metastasis suppressors vary widely in their cellular locations and biochemical functions. Such proteins could display either extracellular (e.g., KISS1) or intracellular localization patterns. Within the cell, they are located in various cellular compartments, from the plasma membrane (e.g., cadherin, KAI1, CD44), cytoskeleton (e.g., RhoGDI2, gelsolin), cytosol (e.g., JNKK1/MKK4, nm23-H1, RKIP), mitochondria (e.g., caspase 8), and nucleus (e.g., BRMS1, CRSP3, TXNIP) (14–21).Cells respond to external stimuli by using a limited number of signaling pathways. Signaling specificity is achieved, at least in part, by combinatorial spatiotemporal activation of signaling proteins. The summation of these signaling events, enabled by a cell-specific gene expression profile, is a tailored, situation-appropriate response. During the process of transformation and progression to a malignant phenotype, both genetic and epigenetic alterations influence a cell's ability to perceive and respond to signals which regulate normal tissue homeostasis. The accumulation of such alterations during progressive rounds of cell division could endow a minority of tumorigenic cells with the ability to disseminate from the primary tumor. It is likely that as a result of these changes, metastatic cells are no longer bound by tissue-of-origin–derived signaling specificity and acquire the ability to modulate their responses to the changing environments encountered throughout the metastatic cascade. Current data supports a model in which ectopic expression of metastasis suppressor proteins may restore, at least in part, the endogenous signaling repertoire of earlier, more benign cellular generations, thereby blocking metastasis formation. In this light, metastasis formation can be viewed as the result of a cell's ability to respond to multiple growth milieus as opposed to being restricted to growth in the microenvironment of the tissue of origin. Defining pathways regulating metastatic growth requires the integration and interpretation of data obtained over experimental settings ranging from the molecular interactions of specific proteins, to communication between signaling networks within single cells, and ultimately cellular interactions among populations of cells that yield a particular disease state. This line of inquiry is a particular challenge in studies of metastasis regulation because of the complexity and diversity of downstream events that take place in metastasis formation. The majority of metastasis suppressors identified participate in highly conserved eukaryotic signal transduction pathways. Based on their known biochemical functions, we have divided the metastasis suppressors into four general signaling categories: cytoskeletal signaling, mitogenic pathways, stress-activated pathways, and survival pathways (Fig. 1). Although it may seem straightforward to place a metastatic suppressor into a linear signaling pathway, it is important to be mindful that these pathways are, in fact, dynamic networks that exist in series and parallel leading to crosstalk and interplay; phenomena known as emergent properties. The cytoskeleton is a dynamic structure that enables motility, deformability, and flexibility, while maintaining cellular architecture. For most nonhematopoietic cells, motility is an ancillary function; however, as a nonhematopoietic cell transitions from the benign to the invasive to the metastatic state, motility becomes an increasingly paramount ability. Without a dynamic actin cytoskeleton, a tumor cell would be incapable of intravasation or extravasation, and the cellular deformability is necessary to complete the metastatic cascade. Not surprisingly, several proteins involved in cellular motility have been implicated as metastasis suppressors. The Rho family of GTP-binding proteins, which include Rho, Rac, and Cdc42, are central players in the regulation of actin dynamics. The Rho-GTPase family consists of small 20 to 30 kDa monomeric GTP-binding proteins that bind GDP/GTP and hydrolyze GTP, leading to the activation of downstream effector molecules (22). In this signaling scheme, metastasis suppressors have been identified as upstream inhibitors of the Rho family (23), or downstream effectors (24). RhoGDIs inhibit Rho family members by impeding the dissociation of GDP from Rho proteins, thereby locking the Rho protein in its inactive state, preventing Rho proteins from interacting with effector targets, and/or sequestering Rho-GTPases in the cytosol (25). RHOGDI2 was shown to suppress experimental lung metastasis but not affect in vitro growth or in vivo tumorigenicity. The Src-suppressed C kinase substrate is a protein kinase C substrate with protein scaffolding properties that have been shown to be a negative regulator of Rho family members (26). Reexpression of Src-suppressed C kinase substrate suppressed secondary lung metastases in nude mice and increased cell-cell adhesion, yet had little effect on primary tumor growth (10). Furthermore, Src-suppressed C kinase substrate reexpression at physiologic levels suppresses podosome formation and correlates with the induction of normal actin cytoskeletal structures and cell morphology, but not with the inhibition of Src kinase activity in cells (26).The finding that RhoGDI displayed the ability to suppress metastasis suggested that the downstream molecules it inhibits may have metastasis-promoting activities. This hypothesis seems to hold true in that mice deficient in RhoC, a target of RhoGDI, displayed a marked decrease in metastasis potential (27). Furthermore, specific inhibition of a downstream effector of Rho, ROCK, decreased tumor cell invasiveness in vitro and reduced the dissemination of tumor cells implanted in the peritoneal cavity in vivo (28). RhoGDI2 has also been shown to regulate secreted growth factors such as endothelin 1 (ET-1), which contribute to metastasis and will be discussed below (29). This prometastasic activation of effectors downstream of the Rho family is not universal. Gelsolin is a downstream effector of Rac that regulates the length of actin via its filament severing and capping activities. Overexpression of gelsolin has been shown to inhibit metastasis in vivo (24). Counterintuitively, gelsolin is an indispensable protein of podosomes, which are thought to play an active role in tissue invasion and matrix remodeling through their regulation of matrix metalloprotease (MMP) activity (30, 31).Cell interactions with the extracellular matrix and with neighboring cells trigger numerous responses that have essential roles in the regulation of behavior and fate. Integrin-mediated cell adhesions provide bidirectional links between the microenvironment and the cytoskeleton. This crosstalk between a cell and its local environment occurs whether the cell is benign, malignant, or metastatic. In this light, the cytoskeleton serves as a conduit for the integration and processing of intracellular and extracellular information; however, changes in the cytoskeletal program during pathologic progression may alter how this information is integrated and processed. Two metastasis suppressors have been shown to have interactions with integrins. Connective tissue growth factor is a 38-kDa cysteine-rich heparin-binding protein which is a secreted growth factor that can bind to integrins on the cell surface (32). Ectopic expression of connective tissue growth factor inhibited metastatic colonization by lung cancer cells (33). In contrast, the KAI1 metastasis suppressor protein is a member of the tetraspanin family of proteins and has been shown to interact with a myriad of cell surface proteins including other tetraspans (i.e., CD9, CD81), integrins β1 and β2, MHCII growth factor receptors, and intracellular signaling proteins such as protein kinase C (34). It has been hypothesized that KAI1 modulates integrin and growth receptor signaling by accelerating the rate of internalization via a protein kinase C–dependent pathway, thereby modulating cell adhesion and cell migration (34). Furthermore, KAI1 has been shown to decrease the integrin- and ligand-induced activation of the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Met, and independently decreases integrin-induced Src activation. Both c-Met and Src are thought to be required for invasion (35). A final observation with respect to the involvement of integrins in metastasis suppressor activity concerns caspase-8 function. Loss of caspase-8 in neuroblastoma cells leads to increased survival and an increased incidence of metastasis. The induction of caspase-8-mediated apoptosis seems to be due to unligated integrins because decreased expression of unligated integrins enhanced cell survival (36–38).Claudin-4 is a component of tight junctions which form the most apical component of intercellular junctional complexes where they establish cell polarity and cellular functions such as permeability (39, 40). These intercellular junctions not only carry out adhesive functions but also contain crucial components of signaling pathways that regulate epithelial proliferation and differentiation. Complementary in vitro and in vivo studies identified claudin-4 as an inhibitor of invasion and metastasis in pancreatic cancer cells and a target of transforming growth factor-β and extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK) signaling (40, 41).RECK, a membrane glycoprotein that encodes a GPI-anchored glycoprotein harboring three protease inhibitor–like domains, has been shown to negatively regulate MMP-2, MMP-9, and MT1-MMPs in vitro, suggesting that it is an important regulator of extracellular matrix remodeling. Furthermore, RECK-null mouse embryos displayed markedly elevated MMP activity. Interestingly, RECK is down-regulated by Ras signaling, a commonly altered pathway in many malignant cells (42).The role of some putative metastasis suppressors is more complex. There are several of a protein as a metastasis suppressor in one model and a potential tumor suppressor in For example, is a glycoprotein that responses of the cell to their cellular Although it has been in the that of has been shown to suppress metastasis in the cancer system other have that may metastatic activity a of the invasion and of and has been suggested to be a is not the only protein to have an role in metastasis. are a of that cell-cell adhesion in various tissues in a function is controlled by its Both and seem to inhibit cell migration and the in vivo metastatic potential of cells other studies have suggested that may invasion It is important to note that cancer cells of tissue used in several of the The tissue specificity of metastasis suppressor function is with the and integration information through signal transduction is a secreted protein and is hypothesized to processing by The are known as or not be secreted in to its metastatic suppressor activity has yet to be at the identification of upstream of identified a metastasis suppressor activity for CRSP3, a of the receptor of cells with suppressed metastasis and was with an of providing a potential between these and metastasis regulation stress-activated protein and pathways in parallel to the protein kinase In to the of with and have been with cell and apoptosis in to and changes, and growth factor specifically either or The protein is a kinase that has been shown to and the and in to a of extracellular can function as a metastasis suppressor in both and cancer Complementary in vitro and in vivo assays showed that the kinase activity of is required for the suppression of overt metastases and is to Subsequent studies identified metastasis suppressor for and in and interest is the finding that in cancer signals through the of the pathway to suppress metastasis in cancer signals through the of the pathway to suppress metastasis In vivo studies that both and suppress the formation of overt metastases by the ability of disseminated cells to colonize the lung identification of a metastasis suppressor function for protein also or protein mechanistic between the to cellular and of metastatic ability. is an endogenous inhibitor of a component of a system that has been implicated in cancer progression The levels of in cells are by endogenous as the in to to and including The primary of cellular is the is through of membrane or in to to with molecular or thereby highly or a of events that result in cell and of metastasis. this and ectopic expression of modulates these events to suppress metastasis formation is currently pathway is by mitogenic such as growth growth or which receptor tyrosine and The of mitogenic factors to cell surface a series of that with the activation of various factors and proteins and regulation may at in this is through both the of a kinase for a as well as protein expression levels of regulation are by intracellular localization and with scaffolding or proteins. These events may be important for regulating metastatic In the of metastasis the protein with the by to and the kinase suppressor of Ras a protein that has a role in the regulation of Ras activity and activation of the pathway has been shown to regulate signaling, suggesting that metastasis suppression activity may be by the inhibition of signaling kinase inhibitor protein was identified as a metastasis suppressor gene in functions as a negative upstream regulator of signaling and kinase interact with at sites, and of either inhibits of the Both be in to inhibition may suppress metastasis by of metastasis suppressors, and are with the signaling The signaling pathway a key role in many of cell survival and 1 are of an inhibitory and a and signals from various cellular proteins such as and an integration for the activation of and downstream to a that a of downstream targets, the and also regulates a of target proteins that cell proliferation and survival The levels of are and several particular interest is the which to signaling metastasis suppressor protein has been with the of cells showed decreases in endogenous levels of (i.e., of This finding is with a model in which changes in signaling the ability of disseminated cells to survive in the and grow at secondary In contrast, expression of the metastasis suppressor is modulated by clinical is the finding that expression correlates significantly with in both and cancer and that the in as a significantly of and cancer survival either evidence from the cell molecular and genetic studies that the metastatic process requires many steps to The of only one in this of in vivo events the process and a This enabled the identification of metastasis suppressor proteins. the of the however, the is not as straightforward because which signaling in the metastatic process are is not have insights into this by metastatic colonization as the in the metastatic cascade that is from a of A clinical will this to of invasive are with metastatic and (i.e., These that many with invasive disease disseminated cancer cells at preventing the of disseminated cells into the metastatic (i.e., the process of would a for cancer This approach more at preventing cancer cells from the primary tumor for the that this process has place the is first with In where this process has not yet local such as and can the the for additional at the an for metastasis preventing the growth of disseminated tumor cells into an overt clinical metastasis or the metastases. the approach not the in hold disease in providing increased of the with both of these is the identification of at for disease that they may at metastatic that can be to this include both tumor as well as molecular of the primary tumor to the development of metastasis a it has been to of the disseminated tumor cells at a secondary as the and as being distinct from that at the primary with to the tumor tumor cells distinct in the primary and secondary sites, and these interactions can or include locally and as well as cell-cell interactions in environments such as the and these with the of metastasis suppressor protein one can to there are to metastasis suppressor proteins. The of these on of the leading to of metastasis suppressor protein For example, the gene is it that of a normal gene would be the In contrast, was secondary to suppressed for example, at the endogenous gene seem we will provide an of approach from that have the of the first identified metastasis a of metastasis suppressor protein function in disseminated tumor In many cancer is with metastasis that occurs A study used gene to and whether this would cancer metastasis in an model of this A cell line of metastatic potential to the by in vivo was used to the of reexpression on metastasis. of these cells, an expressing was This in expression of the gene in most of the tumor cells in in and was with a in the number of metastases and a of This of of the of induction as a approach The of this approach are also to the of which is a disease that the In with gene is and the with i.v. development from the also the of the metastasis gene but the approach reexpression of the endogenous gene as a the was to a that would expression and allow at to on at of the This of would a that is and with an and have been to For example, was to expression in a cell line elevated the expression of cells out an of the the that elevated the expression of metastatic cell is a used at in and as well as at in cancer Furthermore, elevated expression and inhibited colonization and this effect was through The effect of on the of expression was in an in vivo model system for the of metastases the cell line to lung mice to or in of mice to of The number of metastases mouse was reduced by to on the metastases in reduced by to in the inhibited the number and of metastases in this This in metastases was with reexpression in the lung a of in with metastases and and tumors is of gene expression alterations with of metastasis suppressor protein A would be that functional of metastasis suppressor proteins is with gene expression changes, and cellular Recently, this with the that of metastasis suppressor proteins is with the of was used to a novel These studies focused on RhoGDI2, a suppressor of metastasis in an model of cancer metastasis reduced expression was to be with decreased survival for with cancer that RhoGDI2 as a on the expression of genes and to identify such genes in a of the lung metastasis model and primary clinical of RhoGDI2 protein is currently they to proteins or pathways downstream of These genes required to be following the of RhoGDI2 protein from the cells, and be of being inhibited by or to the changes in gene expression following of RhoGDI2 expression in metastatic cells, several proteins including This finding was by the between RhoGDI2 expression levels and of in tumor (29). Furthermore, inhibition of the endothelin with of the endothelin receptor such as to metastatic suppression in cells deficient for RhoGDI2 (29). The endothelin has been shown to regulate tissue cell cell and remodeling also has on cells in the and lung important of cancer metastasis In to such may growth factor and factor and growth factor one in the proliferation of and cells tumor also a role for in metastases from and and supports a model in which cells, in providing a microenvironment for these that trials with endothelin may be for with cancer following of the primary The for its use in the from the effect these have had in preventing experimental metastasis. These however, not the of these in metastatic but this is yet to be The molecular shown between and RhoGDI2 is because of endothelin receptor A such as with clinical In fact, in with in a the most events and that is well In this there was no at to in other of was not by this the of this effector approach to other metastasis suppressor proteins could identify potential novel for in other for and during the of key of this

Clinical Cancer Research · review · 131 citationsread the source →

Hope, optimism, and self-care among Better Breathers Support Group members with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.

The objective of this study was to determine the levels of hope, optimism, and self-care of persons with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) who attend community-based Better Breathers Support Group (BBSG) meetings. A convenience sample of 68 BBSG members from 14 groups in three southeastern states participated. The data were collected with a questionnaire set composed of a demographic form and three previously tested research instruments: the Herth Hope Index (HHI), the Alberto Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Self-care Behavior Inventory (COPDSC), and the Life Orientation Test--Revised (LOT-R). The findings (n = 68) include a significant and positive relationship between the HHI and COPDSC (r = .39; p > .01), between the LOT-R and COPDSC (r = .41; p > .001), and between the LOT-R and HHI (r = .59; p > .001). So, those participants with higher Hope and Optimism have higher levels of Self-care. We concluded the participants were fairly optimistic (LOT-R average = 23.75+/-4.49) and hopeful (HHI average 39.47+/-5.61). The average score on the COPDSC was 141.57 (+/-14.76) indicating a high level of self-care.

Applied nursing research : ANR · 21 citationsread the source →

Acceptability, tolerability, and potential efficacy of cognitive behavioural therapy for Insomnia Disorder subtypes defined by polysomnography: A retrospective cohort study.

In this retrospective cohort study, we describe acceptability, tolerability and potential efficacy of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) in Insomnia Disorder subtypes, derived from polysomnography (PSG): insomnia with normal-sleep duration (I-NSD) and insomnia with short-sleep duration (I-SSD). All research volunteers were offered access to digital CBT, single component sleep restriction therapy and face-to-face group CBT. Follow-up occurred at three months post-treatment using the insomnia severity index (ISI). 96 participants (61 females, mean age of 41 years) were grouped into either normal-sleep (n = 53) or short-sleep (n = 43). CBT was acceptable to 63% of participants (normal-sleep = 31, short-sleep = 29), with 28 completing therapy (tolerability: normal-sleep = 11, short-sleep = 17). For potential efficacy, 39 (normal-sleep = 20, short-sleep = 19) out of 96 participants (41%) completed a follow-up ISI assessment. In this reduced sample, mean (SD) ISI scores decreased across both groups (normal-sleep: 18.0 (4.0) to 10.7 (4.6); short-sleep: 16.5 (5.5) to 11.0 (6.3); both P < 0.01). Those with normal-sleep were more likely to respond (≥6-point ISI reduction) to CBT compared to short-sleep (70%, n = 14/20 vs. 37%, n = 7/19 respectively, P = 0.038). In this cohort, 60 (63%) of participants attempted CBT and of those 28 (47%) completed therapy. Results may be comparable to clinical participants with implications for the successful translation of CBT for insomnia.

Scientific reports · 25 citationsread the source →

Health outcomes in people 2 years after surviving hospitalisation with COVID-19: a longitudinal cohort study.

Background: With the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, growing evidence shows that a considerable proportion of people who have recovered from COVID-19 have long-term effects on multiple organs and systems. A few longitudinal studies have reported on the persistent health effects of COVID-19, but the follow-up was limited to 1 year after acute infection. The aim of our study was to characterise the longitudinal evolution of health outcomes in hospital survivors with different initial disease severity throughout 2 years after acute COVID-19 infection and to determine their recovery status. Methods: We did an ambidirectional, longitudinal cohort study of individuals who had survived hospitalisation with COVID-19 and who had been discharged from Jin Yin-tan Hospital (Wuhan, China) between Jan 7 and May 29, 2020. We measured health outcomes 6 months (June 16-Sept 3, 2020), 12 months (Dec 16, 2020-Feb 7, 2021), and 2 years (Nov 16, 2021-Jan 10, 2022) after symptom onset with a 6-min walking distance (6MWD) test, laboratory tests, and a series of questionnaires on symptoms, mental health, health-related quality of life (HRQoL), return to work, and health-care use after discharge. A subset of COVID-19 survivors received pulmonary function tests and chest imaging at each visit. Age-matched, sex-matched, and comorbidities-matched participants without COVID-19 infection (controls) were introduced to determine the recovery status of COVID-19 survivors at 2 years. The primary outcomes included symptoms, modified British Medical Research Council (mMRC) dyspnoea scale, HRQoL, 6MWD, and return to work, and were assessed in all COVID-19 survivors who attended all three follow-up visits. Symptoms, mMRC dyspnoea scale, and HRQoL were also assessed in controls. Findings: 2469 patients with COVID-19 were discharged from Jin Yin-tan Hospital between Jan 7 and May 29, 2020. 1192 COVID-19 survivors completed assessments at the three follow-up visits and were included in the final analysis, 1119 (94%) of whom attended the face-to-face interview 2 years after infection. The median age at discharge was 57·0 years (48·0-65·0) and 551 (46%) were women. The median follow-up time after symptom onset was 185·0 days (IQR 175·0-197·0) for the visit at 6 months, 349·0 days (337·0-360·0) for the visit at 12 months, and 685·0 days (675·0-698·0) for the visit at 2 years. The proportion of COVID-19 survivors with at least one sequelae symptom decreased significantly from 777 (68%) of 1149 at 6 months to 650 (55%) of 1190 at 2 years (p<0·0001), with fatigue or muscle weakness always being the most frequent. The proportion of COVID-19 survivors with an mMRC score of at least 1 was 168 (14%) of 1191 at 2 years, significantly lower than the 288 (26%) of 1104 at 6 months (p<0·0001). HRQoL continued to improve in almost all domains, especially in terms of anxiety or depression: the proportion of individuals with symptoms of anxiety or depression decreased from 256 (23%) of 1105 at 6 months to 143 (12%) 1191 at 2 years (p<0·0001). The proportion of individuals with a 6MWD less than the lower limit of the normal range declined continuously in COVID-19 survivors overall and in the three subgroups of varying initial disease severity. 438 (89%) of 494 COVID-19 survivors had returned to their original work at 2 years. Survivors with long COVID symptoms at 2 years had lower HRQoL, worse exercise capacity, more mental health abnormality, and increased health-care use after discharge than survivors without long COVID symptoms. COVID-19 survivors still had more prevalent symptoms and more problems in pain or discomfort, as well as anxiety or depression, at 2 years than did controls. Additionally, a significantly higher proportion of survivors who had received higher-level respiratory support during hospitalisation had lung diffusion impairment (43 [65%] of 66 vs 24 [36%] of 66, p=0·0009), reduced residual volume (41 [62%] vs 13 [20%], p<0·0001), and total lung capacity (26 [39%] vs four [6%], p<0·0001) than did controls. Interpretation: Regardless of initial disease severity, COVID-19 survivors had longitudinal improvements in physical and mental health, with most returning to their original work within 2 years; however, the burden of symptomatic sequelae remained fairly high. COVID-19 survivors had a remarkably lower health status than the general population at 2 years. The study findings indicate that there is an urgent need to explore the pathogenesis of long COVID and develop effective interventions to reduce the risk of long COVID.

The Lancet. Respiratory medicine · 462 citationsread the source →

The impact of end-stage kidney disease (ESKD) on close persons: a literature review

Kidney disease is defined as end-stage when a patient's glomerular filtration rate has fallen to <15 ml/min/ 1.73 m2 [1]. Mortality associated with end-stage kidney disease (ESKD) is high [2]. The incidence of treated ESKD is rising in the western world, with a corresponding increase in the incidence of diabetes and cardiovascular disease, especially in ethnic minority groups. Survival on dialysis has been shown to be poorer in the older age group, especially in patients with increased comorbidity and in those whose functional status at the start of dialysis is poor [3]. Whilst renal transplant rates vary between different countries [4], the liberalization in the acceptance of older people into renal replacement therapy (RRT) programmes, together with changes in population demographics and the fact that kidney transplantation is less suitable for this group of older patients, means that dialysis may be the only treatment option available for an increasing number of patients aged 65 years and over [5]. Recent health policy changes in the OECD countries [6,7] acknowledge that end of life care may be more appropriate for some of these people, and maximum conservative management programmes (where residual renal function is supported, haemoglobin levels maintained and symptoms relieved) have been introduced into many renal units, particularly in the United Kingdom [6]. The onset of ESKD and subsequent recommendation of dialysis as a treatment option involves a change in lifestyle for both patients and close persons [8]. Even before end-stage disease is reached, as renal function deteriorates, patients frequently require additional support, and it is often family members who provide this [9]. In the UK it is estimated that 9 out of 10 carers of patients with either physical or neurological disabilities will be close relatives. In particular when home haemodialysis is undertaken, family members have been involved in supporting patients [10,11]. Studies have shown that good family support is associated with successful adaptation to dialysis and compliance with dietary restrictions [12,13]. Conversely, one of the main factors associated with patients discontinuing dialysis is patients’ perception that they have become a ‘burden’ to close family members [14]. There is therefore a need for health professionals to be aware of the important contribution that close persons make to the care of renal patients, to communicate effectively with them and to provide bereavement support for this group when appropriate [15]. The literature on close persons of patients with renal disease has identified two main areas of impact. Firstly, both haemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis may have a disruptive influence on family members’ social lives [16] and the structure of the week may be geared towards dialysis sessions. Secondly, some patients become frail and lose functional independence, leaving family members to provide greater physical support. Family members may have health and social care needs of their own that need to be addressed [16,17]. Qyinan [18] reported that close persons commonly felt overwhelmed and stressed, although this review was limited to an evidence base of four articles and considered home dialysis only. Campbell [19] used findings from the general carer literature to illustrate demands of ageing partners with ESKD. In other chronic illnesses such as stroke [20] or in palliative care for cancer and mental health [21], interventions aimed at providing family members with training to support patients with their rehabilitation, or to address unmet needs as a result of the patient's illness, have been developed and evaluated. Results have been mixed. In the case of stroke, carers in the intervention group experienced less depression and anxiety and better quality of life [20], whilst in the palliative care study, no statistically significant differences were found between the intervention and control group on carers’ psychological outcomes [21]. However, before such interventions can be developed in ESKD, it is important to understand better the emotional and physical needs of close persons. This review aims to identify all studies involving close persons caring for ESKD patients, to describe the main findings and critique the methodology. Specific attention has been paid to (a) studies exploring the impact of ESKD on close persons, in particular for those close persons where the patients are either withdrawing from dialysis or being provided with end of life care and (b) studies looking at the provision of health care for close persons. A literature search for relevant articles was conducted in five databases: Medline (1950–2006), Embase (1991–2006), CINAHL (1982–2006), PsycINFO (1970–2006) and AMED (1985–2006), employing the following key words: carers, caregivers, end-stage kidney disease, end-stage renal disease, haemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis and renal replacement therapy. These keywords were used both in word search options and exploded as thesaurus terms to obtain the maximum number of articles. The abstracts for each article were read to check for inclusion into the main review, using the following criteria: Published in peer-reviewed journals. Research studies with an introduction, a methodology and results section and a conclusion. Involve close persons, defined as either a family member or the person identified by the patient as an informal carer. By an informal carer, we mean a person who provides the majority of a patient's physical and emotional care needs and who is neither a volunteer nor in the employment of statutory services. Use a sample of close persons caring for adult ESKD patients (over 18 years). Non-English language articles were considered if the English translation of the abstract met the above criteria. Using these criteria, 334 articles were identified from the five databases (139 in Medline, 121 in Embase, 80 in CINAHL, 8 in AMED and 34 in PsycINFO). J.L. went through the abstracts of each of the 382 articles, of which 37 initially met the inclusion criteria. One was later excluded on closer inspection, as it was specifically a validation study of a fatigue severity scale. Of the remaining 36 studies, 16 exclusively looked at family members, 12 specifically at the patient-family dyad and 3 at the family-health professional dyad. Whilst the latter two types of studies did not concentrate solely on family concerns, we decided to include them in the analysis, because these findings further contribute to the limited number of studies in this field. Thirty-six studies were included in the review. Both J.L. and G.S. first went through the remaining 36 studies independently and extracted the following information for each study: the number of carers in the study sample, the RRT population they were caring for, authors’ definition of a carer, demographic details of the sample, patients’ dialysis history, caring history, study design, outcome measures used and main findings. J.L. and G.S. then met together to discuss these findings and obtain an initial consensus before meeting with A.B. and L.J. to obtain a final consensus. We undertook an exploration of the aims of these studies, their study design, the sample of participants and the outcome measures highlighted in the quantitative studies. The three main themes explored were (a) the impact of caring for a patient with ESKD on dialysis on close persons, in particular quality of life, psychological morbidity, close person responsibilities—which authors often referred to as ‘burden’ or ‘carer burden’—and their life situation; (b) the coping strategies employed by these close persons and (c) factors that influence psychological morbidity. No studies of health provision for close persons of patients with ESKD were identified. Four studies looking at end of life issues explored the following themes for close persons: (a) their perceptions of patients’ terminal symptoms; (b) their reasons for why patients decided to stop dialysis; (c) the long-term impact of patient death following dialysis cessation and (d) their perceptions of advance directives. End of life care may be provided by the renal multi-disciplinary team alone, or it may involve referral for specialist palliative care advice. Such advice is likely to include symptom control, attention to spiritual and psychological issues for patients and, where possible, involvement of their families in decision-making. Whilst most studies were interested in the direct impact on close persons only, one triangulated close person data with patient data. The majority of studies reviewed used a cross-sectional design; there was only one longitudinal study. Whilst most were quantitative (24/36), there were some qualitative studies (11/36) and one used a mixed methods approach. The total sample was predominantly female, with mean ages ranging from 41 to 68 years (analysis possible in only 18 studies). Sample sizes also tended to be small, with a median sample of 55 participants for the quantitative and 15 participants for the qualitative studies. Most of the sample was recruited in studies where associated patients were undergoing haemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis. Three studies also involved kidney transplant patients. Only five studies looked at close persons dealing with end of life issues or with patients withdrawing from dialysis. Many studies did not focus on close persons in their potential role as ‘informal carers’. Thirteen studies actively sought close persons who also considered themselves to be informal carers, of which eight provided full definitions of what they meant by this term. All studies included spouses as part of their sample, of which eight specifically concentrated on this group alone. Adult children were included in seven of these studies and parents in five. A wide variety of outcome measures were used to rate health-related quality of life, anxiety, depression, coping strategies and patient disease severity. Some studies used standardized outcome measures; others used simple self-rated tools. The most commonly used standardized measures were the Zarit Burden Interview [22] to evaluate the sense of carer responsibility (3/8), the Beck Depression Scale [23] to evaluate depression (2/5), SF-36 [24] to evaluate health-related quality of life (3/8), Jalowiec Coping Scale [25] to evaluate close persons’ use of coping strategies (3/3) and End-Stage Renal Disease Severity Index [26] to evaluate patients’ disease severity (2/4). A breakdown of the country of origin for each study showed that over half originated from either the USA (11/36) or Canada (7/36), with five originating from Australia and only seven from the European Union, of which only one was conducted in the UK. The remaining six studies came from the following countries: Japan (2/36), Brazil (2/36), China (1/36) and Turkey (1/36). The 36 studies have shown mixed results. They have mainly explored the following areas associated with caring for an ESKD patient: the impact on close persons and their social life and the factors affecting close persons’ psychological health. There have been very few studies looking at palliative care issues and these have primarily concentrated on dealing with end of life issues rather than the provision of supportive care in the pre-terminal phase. In only one study, close persons rated their quality of life as excellent and reported few pressures resulting from their carer responsibilities [27], whilst in all others, ESKD and dialysis were shown to increase the close person's sense of responsibility and lead to a poorer quality of life when compared with age-matched controls [28]. Close persons found living with an ESKD patient on dialysis stressful [29] and experienced increased fatigue [30]. The dominating effect of caring for an ESKD patient often led close persons to neglect their own health. For those who took time to have a break from their carer responsibilities, there were health benefits [31]. Other issues that close persons reported included isolation through the loss of social activity [30–36], life restrictions [36–38], increased workload, negative economic consequences [39,40], changed relationship with the patient [30,34] and sexual problems for spouses [41]. Impact on family life (quantitative and mixed methods studies) CAPD = Continuous Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis; CBI = Caregivers Burden Interview; FES = Family Environment Scale; HD = Haemodialysis; IIRS = Illness Intrusiveness Ratings Scale; MAES = Marital Attitudes Evaluation Scale; NGQ = Norris & Groves Questionnaire; PAF = Physicians’ Assessment Form; PAIS = Psychosocial Adjustment to Illness Scale; SF-36 = Short-Form 36; SwQoL = Swedish Health-Related Quality of Life Survey; VAS = Visual Analogue Scale; ZBI = Zarit Burden Interview. Impact on family life (quantitative and mixed methods studies) CAPD = Continuous Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis; CBI = Caregivers Burden Interview; FES = Family Environment Scale; HD = Haemodialysis; IIRS = Illness Intrusiveness Ratings Scale; MAES = Marital Attitudes Evaluation Scale; NGQ = Norris & Groves Questionnaire; PAF = Physicians’ Assessment Form; PAIS = Psychosocial Adjustment to Illness Scale; SF-36 = Short-Form 36; SwQoL = Swedish Health-Related Quality of Life Survey; VAS = Visual Analogue Scale; ZBI = Zarit Burden Interview. Impact on family life (qualitative studies) CAPD = continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis; HD = haemodialysis; PD = peritoneal dialysis. Impact on family life (qualitative studies) CAPD = continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis; HD = haemodialysis; PD = peritoneal dialysis. The treatment modality may also have an impact on family members. Studies have highlighted that spouses of transplant patients were more assertive, self-sufficient and able to handle the physical, social and existential aspects of the illness better than dialysis spouses [33,42]. Despite these pressures, close persons recognized that they play a positive role in promoting patients’ well-being [11,43]. They recognized that health care professionals were important in providing support to discuss their problems [39] and would like to have more information about the care being provided to patients [44]. However, they also reported poor communication with professionals, felt that their needs were not always addressed [30,39,45] and felt themselves uneducated and poorly equipped to deal with the regimented lifestyle associated with the dialysis regimen [14]. Whilst some studies have shown that close persons display few signs of psychological distress [40,46–49], others have identified the following: Caring and psychological health ABS = Affect Balance Scale; BDI = Beck Depression Inventory; BI = Barthel Index; CAPD = Continuous Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis; CAS = Clinical Anxiety Scale; CBI = Caregivers Burden Interview; CBS = Caregiver Burden Scale; CES-D = Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale; CID = Cognitive Index of Depression; DAS = Adjustment Scale; = = Anxiety and Scale; = Questionnaire; = Depression Questionnaire; = Questionnaire; = End-Stage Renal Disease Severity Index; = End-Stage Renal Disease Severity = Family Questionnaire; = Scale; = = Index; HD = haemodialysis; = Scale; = Impact on Family Scale; = Jalowiec Coping Scale; = Scale; = of control of = Marital Adjustment = Marital Questionnaire; = Scale of = Psychosocial Adjustment to Illness PD = peritoneal dialysis; = Scale; = for and Family Scale; = Quality of Life Index; = Scale; = Inventory; SF-36 = Short-Form 36; = = Anxiety Inventory; = with Life Scale; = ZBI = Zarit Burden Interview. Caring and psychological health ABS = Affect Balance Scale; BDI = Beck Depression Inventory; BI = Barthel Index; CAPD = Continuous Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis; CAS = Clinical Anxiety Scale; CBI = Caregivers Burden Interview; CBS = Caregiver Burden Scale; CES-D = Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale; CID = Cognitive Index of Depression; DAS = Adjustment Scale; = = Anxiety and Scale; = Questionnaire; = Depression Questionnaire; = Questionnaire; = End-Stage Renal Disease Severity Index; = End-Stage Renal Disease Severity = Family Questionnaire; = Scale; = = Index; HD = haemodialysis; = Scale; = Impact on Family Scale; = Jalowiec Coping Scale; = Scale; = of control of = Marital Adjustment = Marital Questionnaire; = Scale of = Psychosocial Adjustment to Illness PD = peritoneal dialysis; = Scale; = for and Family Scale; = Quality of Life Index; = Scale; = Inventory; SF-36 = Short-Form 36; = = Anxiety Inventory; = with Life Scale; = ZBI = Zarit Burden Interview. A negative between close persons’ psychological health and their sense of carer responsibility their use of coping strategies strategies that the symptoms of the of the the close person's age and the social and changes as a result of ESKD A positive between good mental health and the following a of of dialysis the of dialysis patients are on of social support and sense of carer responsibility The sense of carer responsibilities are if patients are in of living have less or comorbidity This was further in studies in patients home haemodialysis or transplant where close persons not anxiety or depression felt less by their carer responsibility and a quality of life to the age-matched population were found between levels of responsibility and other outcomes such as quality of life and The use of coping was found to have a negative with a positive with the number of years on dialysis Close persons were more likely to have negative towards patients if they no of the dialysis and a high of involvement with the caring whilst living in a We identified five studies that explored end of life only one specifically on close persons. This study the long-term impact of death on families when dialysis was found that most families felt that patients a good death as at and with close people and most family members showed only levels of However, carers and those with levels of caring responsibility for the did End of life care HD = End of life care HD = The remaining four studies on patient outcomes such as reasons for withdrawing from dialysis the quality of death the of close persons in ESKD patients’ to and care and use of advance as a in advance by patients, which the of treatment to be by health care a patient is to provide to that person's of These studies found that close persons that whilst most patients a many patients were to be in and from fatigue care family members in that patients’ were and most recognized the of living which they felt were health care professional Close persons were poorly for caring for a dialysis and patients did not to be a on their families [14]. They were also poor at both patients’ and for or dialysis No studies were identified for carers of patients with supportive care those on maximum conservative management The main of most studies included in this review is the of and of the demographic over half of the studies demographic details of close persons’ ages and or details of their relationship to patients of other relevant demographic such as employment status or social is and only seven studies the time that close persons as Whilst all studies the of dialysis half reported the of time a patient has been on with very few patients’ functional although carer studies in other that this has an impact on carers’ quality of life In only 18 9 qualitative and mixed methods study details of their sample of the quantitative studies included in the used cross-sectional and were predominantly Such studies are in exploring between are limited as they not to be only five studies provide the full details of sample it is therefore not possible to rates or the sample The sample sizes were with a median of 55 and details of were reported in only one study. the of the used to the different outcomes it to between the different studies. We identified that most studies poor of their methods and a of of their data Most used of family members with five studies using only one details of their studies with their studies with their one a of their their approach. One study no details of their the studies were poorly that the was and authors were as to to use qualitative data with the and of the qualitative data demographic of data and poor use of supporting This study reviewed the literature exploring the of close persons of patients with ESKD, from which can be the quality of and for the of in this Firstly, studies exploring end of life issues are with only four identified. these four studies are they that health are the time for informal carers to discuss patients’ about end of life care and, long-term distress of close persons resulting from the patients’ However, about such end of life issues close persons, and we studies in this Secondly, definitions of close persons were there were some differences identified between the different groups. the literature the that most close persons are to patients, the in to patients who were and those with family and relationship were not not all close persons to on the role of the informal carer, and the of this role can be a as illness review did not identify differences between informal carers and family carers in the outcome measures used included both the of differences may in their with ‘informal carers’ a more members’ may be as being more this needs further issues that need to be addressed the use of methodology were identified in the Most quantitative studies were and with no intervention studies being identified. Studies of demographic details and rates and all were cross-sectional with sample sizes that used standardized Whilst the use of standardized measures the of the the findings from cross-sectional studies are limited in that they can only between We the use of longitudinal methods in that would that between key be explored in more This would also into the long-term of close persons. In those studies using qualitative most used with poor and of demographic and social and Many authors used the ‘burden’ or ‘carer such terms may influence of the relationship between close person and was not they were by close persons to use the ‘burden’ or it was a by the authors to describe the responsibilities of Such and the of study findings the half of the studies originated from either the USA (11/36) or Canada This it to the results of these studies their to in the of health care provision in other there is evidence that the psychological health of close persons them to to care which in can the mental health of patients, we to identify studies in review that looked specifically at health close persons of patients with ESKD. review has identified in the literature that need to be is therefore to the relationship between health and close persons in to We would like to acknowledge for this review and for support in this of

Clinical Kidney Journal · editorial or comment · 83 citationsread the source →

Resilience, COVID-19-related stress, anxiety and depression during the pandemic in a large population enriched for healthcare providers.

COVID-19 pandemic is a global calamity posing an unprecedented opportunity to study resilience. We developed a brief resilience survey probing self-reliance, emotion-regulation, interpersonal-relationship patterns and neighborhood-environment, and applied it online during the acute COVID-19 outbreak (April 6-15, 2020), on a crowdsourcing research website ( www.covid19resilience.org ) advertised through social media. We evaluated level of stress (worries) regarding COVID-19: (1) contracting, (2) dying from, (3) currently having, (4) family member contracting, (5) unknowingly infecting others with (6) experiencing significant financial burden following. Anxiety (GAD7) and depression (PHQ2) were measured. Totally, 3042 participants (n = 1964 females, age range 18-79, mean age = 39) completed the resilience and COVID-19-related stress survey and 1350 of them (mean age = 41, SD = 13; n = 997 females) completed GAD7 and PHQ2. Participants significantly endorsed more distress about family contracting COVID-19 (48.5%) and unknowingly infecting others (36%), than getting COVID-19 themselves (19.9%), p < 0.0005 covarying for demographics and proxy COVID-19 exposures like getting tested and knowing infected individuals. Patterns of COVID-19 related worries, rates of anxiety (GAD7 > 10, 22.2%) and depression (PHQ2 > 2, 16.1%) did not differ between healthcare providers and non-healthcare providers. Higher resilience scores were associated with lower COVID-19 related worries (main effect F1,3054 = 134.9; p < 0.00001, covarying for confounders). Increase in 1 SD on resilience score was associated with reduced rate of anxiety (65%) and depression (69%), across healthcare and non-healthcare professionals. Findings provide empirical evidence on mental health associated with COVID-19 outbreak in a large convenience sample, setting a stage for longitudinal studies evaluating mental health trajectories following COVID-19 pandemic.

Translational psychiatry · 355 citationsread the source →

Global, regional, and national burden of stroke and its risk factors, 1990-2019: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2019.

Background: Regularly updated data on stroke and its pathological types, including data on their incidence, prevalence, mortality, disability, risk factors, and epidemiological trends, are important for evidence-based stroke care planning and resource allocation. The Global Burden of Diseases, Injuries, and Risk Factors Study (GBD) aims to provide a standardised and comprehensive measurement of these metrics at global, regional, and national levels. Methods: We applied GBD 2019 analytical tools to calculate stroke incidence, prevalence, mortality, disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs), and the population attributable fraction (PAF) of DALYs (with corresponding 95% uncertainty intervals [UIs]) associated with 19 risk factors, for 204 countries and territories from 1990 to 2019. These estimates were provided for ischaemic stroke, intracerebral haemorrhage, subarachnoid haemorrhage, and all strokes combined, and stratified by sex, age group, and World Bank country income level. Findings: In 2019, there were 12·2 million (95% UI 11·0-13·6) incident cases of stroke, 101 million (93·2-111) prevalent cases of stroke, 143 million (133-153) DALYs due to stroke, and 6·55 million (6·00-7·02) deaths from stroke. Globally, stroke remained the second-leading cause of death (11·6% [10·8-12·2] of total deaths) and the third-leading cause of death and disability combined (5·7% [5·1-6·2] of total DALYs) in 2019. From 1990 to 2019, the absolute number of incident strokes increased by 70·0% (67·0-73·0), prevalent strokes increased by 85·0% (83·0-88·0), deaths from stroke increased by 43·0% (31·0-55·0), and DALYs due to stroke increased by 32·0% (22·0-42·0). During the same period, age-standardised rates of stroke incidence decreased by 17·0% (15·0-18·0), mortality decreased by 36·0% (31·0-42·0), prevalence decreased by 6·0% (5·0-7·0), and DALYs decreased by 36·0% (31·0-42·0). However, among people younger than 70 years, prevalence rates increased by 22·0% (21·0-24·0) and incidence rates increased by 15·0% (12·0-18·0). In 2019, the age-standardised stroke-related mortality rate was 3·6 (3·5-3·8) times higher in the World Bank low-income group than in the World Bank high-income group, and the age-standardised stroke-related DALY rate was 3·7 (3·5-3·9) times higher in the low-income group than the high-income group. Ischaemic stroke constituted 62·4% of all incident strokes in 2019 (7·63 million [6·57-8·96]), while intracerebral haemorrhage constituted 27·9% (3·41 million [2·97-3·91]) and subarachnoid haemorrhage constituted 9·7% (1·18 million [1·01-1·39]). In 2019, the five leading risk factors for stroke were high systolic blood pressure (contributing to 79·6 million [67·7-90·8] DALYs or 55·5% [48·2-62·0] of total stroke DALYs), high body-mass index (34·9 million [22·3-48·6] DALYs or 24·3% [15·7-33·2]), high fasting plasma glucose (28·9 million [19·8-41·5] DALYs or 20·2% [13·8-29·1]), ambient particulate matter pollution (28·7 million [23·4-33·4] DALYs or 20·1% [16·6-23·0]), and smoking (25·3 million [22·6-28·2] DALYs or 17·6% [16·4-19·0]). Interpretation: The annual number of strokes and deaths due to stroke increased substantially from 1990 to 2019, despite substantial reductions in age-standardised rates, particularly among people older than 70 years. The highest age-standardised stroke-related mortality and DALY rates were in the World Bank low-income group. The fastest-growing risk factor for stroke between 1990 and 2019 was high body-mass index. Without urgent implementation of effective primary prevention strategies, the stroke burden will probably continue to grow across the world, particularly in low-income countries. Funding: Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

The Lancet. Neurology · 5441 citationsread the source →

Critical care staff wellbeing: A new paradigm for understanding burnout.

Background: The wellbeing of paediatric intensive care unit (PICU) staff members influences their engagement with work and the quality of care they provide to patients. Baseline burnout measures in research provide inconclusive evidence of the determinants of burnout and how to target interventions to promote staff wellbeing. Objectives: The objectives of this study were to determine the prevalence of burnout using the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI) burnout-engagement workplace profiles in a sample of Australian PICU staff and investigate associations between demographic characteristics, meaningful work, satisfaction with life, and psychological distress on burnout. Methods: A cross-sectional survey was administered to a multidisciplinary sample of PICU staff (target n = 464) from three tertiary paediatric hospitals in Australia. The survey tool was comprised of the MBI, Work and Meaning Inventory, Satisfaction with Life Scale, Kessler Psychological Distress Scale, and demographic questions. Hierarchical multiple regressions examined the relationships between burnout and these variables of interest. Results: A sample of 258 participants (56%) completed the survey. For most respondents, burnout was scored as a low to moderate risk, with over half the participants scoring low risk for emotional exhaustion (EE) (56%) and depersonalisation (DP) (54%). Personal accomplishment (PA) was more evenly distributed (range of burnout risk: low, 32%; moderate, 32%; high, 36%). MBI scores were classified using the burnout-engaged workplace profile system, identifying low levels of burnout (8% burnout, 3% disengaged, 21% overextended, 29% ineffective, and 39% engaged). Psychological distress significantly increased burnout risk across all three dimensions EE (β = 0.253, p < 0.001), DP (β = 0.145, p < 0.05), and PA (β = -0.13, p < 0.05), and being aged between 41 and 55 years was protective of depersonalisation (β = -0.214, p < 0.05). Conclusion: Utilising MBI workplace profiles, this study has built upon the demand for a more comprehensive assessment of burnout. Research that helps improve our understanding of contributory factors to burnout and wellbeing will inform the development of effective interventions that promote wellbeing of staff.

Australian critical care : official journal of the Confederation of Australian Critical Care Nurses · 2 citationsread the source →

Comparison of Racial, Ethnic, and Geographic Location Diversity of Participants Enrolled in Clinic-Based vs 2 Remote COVID-19 Clinical Trials.

Importance: Racial and ethnic diversity among study participants is associated with improved generalizability of clinical trial results and may address inequities in evidence that informs public health strategies. Novel strategies are needed for equitable access and recruitment of diverse clinical trial populations. Objective: To investigate demographic and geographical location data for participants in 2 remote COVID-19 clinical trials with online recruitment and compare with those of a contemporaneous clinic-based COVID-19 study. Design, setting, and participants: This cohort study was conducted using data from 3 completed, prospective randomized clinical trials conducted at the same time: 2 remotely conducted studies (the Early Treatment Study and Hydroxychloroquine COVID-19 Postexposure Prophylaxis [PEP] Study) and 1 clinic-based study of convalescent plasma (the Expanded Access to Convalescent Plasma for the Treatment of Patients With COVID-19 study). Data were collected from March to August 2020 with 1 to 28 days of participant follow-up. All studies had clinical sites in Seattle, Washington; the 2 remote trials also had collaborating sites in New York, New York; Syracuse, New York; Baltimore, Maryland; Boston, Massachusetts; Chicago, Illinois; New Orleans, Louisiana; and Los Angeles, California. Two remote trials with inclusive social media strategies enrolled 929 participants with recent SARS-CoV-2 exposure (Hydroxychloroquine COVID-19 PEP Trial) and 231 participants with COVID-19 infection (Early Treatment Study); the clinic-based Expanded Access to Convalescent Plasma for the Treatment of Patients With COVID-19 study enrolled 250 participants with recent COVID-19 infection. Data were analyzed from April to August 2021. Interventions: Remote trials used inclusive social media strategies and clinician referral for recruitment and telehealth, courier deliveries, and self-collected nasal swabs for remotely conducted study visits. For the clinic-based study, participants were recruited via clinician referral and attended in-person visits. Main outcomes and measures: Google Analytics data were used to measure online participant engagement and recruitment. Participant demographics and geographical location data from remote trials were pooled and compared with those of the clinic-based study. Statistical comparison of demographic data was limited to participants with COVID infections (ie, those in the remotely conducted Early Treatment Study vs those in the clinic-based study) to improve accuracy of comparison given that the Hydroxychloroquine COVID-19 PEP Trial enrolled participants with COVID-19 exposures and thus had different enrollment criteria. Results: A total of 1410 participants were included. Among 1160 participants in remote trials and 250 participants in the clinic-based trial, the mean (range) age of participants was 39 (18-80) years vs 50 (19-79) years and 676 individuals (58.3%) vs 131 individuals (52.4%) reported female sex. The Early Treatment Study with inclusive social media strategies enrolled 231 participants in 41 US states with increased rates of racial, ethnic, and geographic diversity compared with participants in the clinic-based study. Among 228 participants in the remotely conducted Early Treatment Study with race data vs participants in the clinic-based study, 39 individuals (17.1%) vs 1 individual (0.4%) identified as Alaska Native or American Indian, 11 individuals (4.8%) vs 22 individuals (8.8%) identified as Asian, 26 individuals (11.4%) vs 4 individuals (1.6%) identified as Black, 3 individuals (1.3%) vs 1 individual identified as Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander, 117 individuals (51.3%) vs 214 individuals (85.6%) identified as White, and 32 individuals (14.0%) vs 8 individuals (3.2%) identified as other race (P < .001). Among 230 individuals in the Early Treatment Study vs 236 individuals in the clinic-based trial with ethnicity data, 71 individuals (30.9%) vs 11 individuals (4.7%) identified as Hispanic or Latinx (P<.001). There were 29 individuals in the Early Treatment Study with nonurban residences (ie, rural, small town, or peri-urban; 12.6%) vs 6 of 248 individuals in the clinic-based trial with residence data (2.4%) (P < .001). In remote trial online recruitment, the highest engagement was with advertisements on social media platforms; among 125 147 unique users with age demographics who clicked on online recruitment advertisements, 84 188 individuals (67.3%) engaged via Facebook. Conclusions and relevance: These findings suggest that remote clinical trials with online advertising may be considered as a strategy to improve diversity among clinical trial participants.

JAMA network open · 48 citationsread the source →

Factors associated with mental health outcomes in a Muslim community following the Christchurch terrorist attack.

Background: On 15 March 2019, a white supremacist terrorist attacked two mosques in Christchurch, New Zealand. Fifty-one people were killed and another 40 sustained non-fatal gunshot injuries. Aims: To examine the mental health of the Muslim community, and individual and exposure-related factors associated with mental health outcomes. Method: This is the baseline analysis of a longitudinal study of adults from the Muslim community interviewed 11-32 months after the shootings. It included a diagnostic interview (MINI), measures of sociodemographic factors, prior mental health, prior traumatic events, exposure in the attacks, discrimination, life stressors, social support and religious coping. Logistic regression models examined associations with mental health outcomes. Results: The sample comprised 189 participants (mean age 41 (s.d. = 13); 60% female), and included: bereaved, 17% (n = 32); injured survivors 12% (n = 22); non-injured survivors, 19% (n = 36); family members of survivors, 35% (n = 67); and community members without the above exposures, 39% (n = 74). Overall, 61% had at least one mental disorder since the attacks. Those bereaved (P < 0.01, odds ratio 4.28, 95% CI 1.75-10.49) and survivors, whether injured (P < 0.001, odds ratio 18.08, 95% CI 4.70-69.60) or not (P < 0.01, odds ratio 5.26, 95% CI 1.99-13.89), had greater odds of post-traumatic stress disorder. Those bereaved (P < 0.001, odds ratio 5.79, 95% CI 2.49-13.46) or injured (P = 0.04, odds ratio 4.43, 95% CI 1.07-18.28) had greater odds of depression. Conclusions: Despite unique features of this attack on a Muslim population, findings accord with previous studies. They suggest generalisability of psychopathology after terror attacks, and that being bereaved or directly experiencing such events is associated with adverse mental health outcomes. Trial registration number: The study is registered on the Australian NZ Clinical Trials Registry (ACTRN12620000909921).

BJPsych open · 3 citationsread the source →

Combat sports and wellbeing: advancing health and inclusion in athletes and practitioners. An opinion paper

Historically, combat sports have been predominantly conceptualized within the framework of elite competition, emphasizing physical aptitude, technical proficiency, and strategic execution (1-3). Despite their traditional and peculiar constitutions and developments, disciplines such as judo, karate, taekwondo, wrestling, fencing, boxing, and mixed martial arts have commonly been associated with high-performance athletes striving for competitive excellence on national and international stages (1, 4-6). However, contemporary discourse increasingly recognizes their expansive role in contributing to physical and psychological well-being, and social inclusion of the practitioners (7, 8). This paradigmatic shift underscores the capacity of combat sports to function as inclusive and accessible modalities for fostering multidimensional health benefits across diverse populations, including individuals with disabilities and other marginalized groups (9-13).The interdisciplinary exploration of physical activity and health highlights the intricate interrelationship between structured sports engagement and holistic well-being (14). Whilst conventional team and individual sports have long been acknowledged for their physiological and psychosocial benefits, combat sports exhibit distinct characteristics that might amplify these advantages (15, 16). Within combat sports, the synergistic interplay of rigorous physical conditioning, the cognitive engagement, adherence to rules, competition dynamics, respect, externalizing emotions regulation, are intertwined with pedagogical and philosophical values, thus presenting a unique framework for enhancing psychological resilience, cognitive adaptability, and emotional control. Consequently, the systematic practice of combat sports has been increasingly examined as a way of promoting mental health, stress modulation, and social cohesion (17, 18).The inclusive nature of many combat sports programmes further accentuates their relevance in dismantling stereotypes, facilitating integration, and fostering equity and social integration (19-21). In fact, they demonstrated significant adaptability to accommodate individuals with disabilities (e.g., physical impairments, developmental, emotional, intellectual disorders), thereby ensuring equitable access and fostering empowerment (9, 22). Adapted judo, para-taekwondo, and other modified combat disciplines provide individuals with disabilities a structured platform to engage in physical activity, cultivate self-efficacy, and develop meaningful social connections within a supportive and adaptive environment (23). From a public health perspective, the integration of combat sports within community-based health initiatives offers a compelling opportunity to engage populations that may not traditionally participate in structured physical activity programmes (7, 8, 19). The distinctive accessibility of combat sports, which cater to practitioners of all skill levels (e.g., from novices to elite athletes) sets them apart from many other sports. While their structured progression, adaptability, and emphasis on holistic development make them a viable option for lifelong and intergenerational participation (19, 24, 25), the mentorship and pedagogical frameworks cultivate positive role modeling, discipline, and intrinsic motivation, which are integral for sustaining long-term adherence to health-promoting behaviors (8).Furthermore, the intersection between combat sports and mental health has increasingly emerged as a focal point within academic and clinical research (17) with empirical evidence suggesting an association between participation and enhanced self-regulation and self-efficacy, and reduction in anxiety and depressive symptomatology (8, 26, 27). In necessitating sustained focus, adaptability, and emotional equilibrium, combat sports inherently require cognitive and affective demands, which align closely with established psychological frameworks that underpin mental well-being (28, 29). Moreover, the integration of mindfulness techniques, stress management strategies, and resilience-building paradigms within combat sports training substantiates their potential as a non-pharmacological intervention for addressing various mental health challenges (e.g., autism spectrum and oppositional defiant disorders) (30, 31).Despite these advantages, the discourse surrounding combat sports and well-being necessitates a critical examination of inherent risks and potential challenges. Issues related to injury risk, hypercompetitive environments, eating disorders, sexual harassment, and the psychological stressors associated with high-intensity training warrant careful scrutiny (32-36). The implementation of evidence-based injury prevention protocols, the establishment of ethically responsible coaching methodologies, and the promotion of safe training environments are imperative to ensure that the benefits of combat sports are maximized while minimizing adverse outcomes. Against this backdrop, this opinion paper seeks to examine the role of combat sports in advancing health and social inclusion among athletes and practitioners. Through a synthesis of contemporary empirical findings, theoretical paradigms, and applied insights, this paper aims to contribute to the evolving discourse on the potential of combat sports as a catalyst for holistic well-being. By delineating the multidimensional impact of combat sports on physical, psychological, and social health, this paper endeavors to underscore their transformative potential as an instrument for fostering individual and community well-being within different populations. DiscussionWhilst an expanding body of research and an evolution in scholarly discourse is recognizing the combat sports’ broader implications for holistic well-being (30, 37), a rigorous evaluation of the investigation methodologies, the validity of hypotheses, and the translational potential of recent findings is necessary to contextualize their significance within the sports and public health sciences, considering their strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (Figure 1).----------------------------------------ADD FIGURE 1 ABOUT HERE----------------------------------------Empirical evidence robustly shows the positive impact of combat sports on physical fitness, motor coordination, and cardiovascular health (3, 38). These benefits are attributed to the high-intensity, intermittent nature of combat sports training, which enhances aerobic and anaerobic endurance, muscular strength, and neuromuscular control (39). However, concerns regarding injury risk, particularly in striking and contact-intensive disciplines such as boxing, taekwondo, and mixed martial arts, necessitate continued research into injury mitigation strategies, particularly those targeting concussion and repetitive head trauma (6, 35, 40, 41). Moreover, many combat sports have developed styles with reduced or simulated contact to minimize injury risk. For example, the French "boxe éducative" emphasizing technique and control, penalizing any violent behaviors (42) and the value and application of kata (i.e., forms; prearranged, pattern practices) to learning and adopting judo technique in a safe way educating the athlete culturally, to enrich her/him as a person (43).Beyond physical health, recent studies highlight the psychological benefits of combat sports, including reductions in anxiety and depression and improvements in self-efficacy, emotional regulation, resilience, and stress management (27, 44-47). Therefore, combat sports-based interventions for individuals with mental health conditions have yielded promising outcomes (23). Despite these encouraging findings, variability in study designs, participant demographics, and intervention protocols limits their external validity, underscoring the need for further rigorously controlled investigations. Furthermore, some authors claimed that combat sport athletes might present symptoms of low energy availability and high anxiety levels associated with competition- and injury-related psychological stressors, deficits in executive functions and neuropsychological impairments associated with occurrence of concussions, disordered eating and eating disorders associated with weight-loss, and might suffer offensive, frightening, hostile, degrading, humiliating experiences, or sexual harassment, which urge safeguarding actions (32-36).The role of combat sports in fostering social inclusion has gained empirical support, particularly in programmes aimed at individuals with disabilities and marginalized communities (25, 48). For instance, a recent systematic review shows that judo interventions adapted for intellectual disabilities help improve social integration and self-perception and enhance participants' quality of life (49). The development of para-combat sports demonstrates enhanced physical and motor abilities while providing psychosocial benefits to various populations with different disabilities, promoting social integration, self-perception, and community belonging (50, 51). However, longitudinal research is needed to assess the long-term retention rates and sustainability of these benefits. Furthermore, there is a need of studies focused on the most appropriate adapted rules to achieve a fairer competition for ensuring a sense of success in individuals with physical, emotional, mental, hearing or visual impairments participating in adapted sports competitions at local, national, and international levels. Methodological approaches in combat sports research encompass experimental, longitudinal, qualitative, and systematic review designs. While randomized controlled trials remain the gold standard for establishing causality, their application in combat sports research is constrained by ethical concerns, logistical challenges, and the inherently dynamic nature of training environments (52, 53). Consequently, many studies rely on observational designs, which, despite their value in identifying associations, are susceptible to confounding variables and biases (24, 54).Qualitative methodologies have provided critical insights into the lived experiences of combat sports practitioners, offering perspectives on psychological and social dimensions that are often overlooked in quantitative studies (28). Ethnographic research has been particularly instrumental in elucidating the role of combat sports in shaping identity, discipline, and personal development (55). However, limitations in reproducibility and generalizability highlight the need for mixed-methods approaches to generate a more comprehensive understanding of combat sports' impact (25, 56).Additionally, the incorporation of biometric and neurocognitive assessments, such as heart rate variability analysis, functional MRI, and salivary cortisol measurements, has advanced our understanding of the physiological and psychological mechanisms underlying combat sports participation (47, 57, 58). Despite their objective precision, these techniques often face challenges related to cost, accessibility, and limited sample sizes, necessitating the development of scalable and cost-effective methodologies for broader research application. Finally, recent studies show that virtual reality (VR) technology and digital platforms are increasingly becoming part of combat sports training methods. Due to COVID-19 restrictions, martial arts schools and organizations implemented hybrid or online training models, which allowed athletes to stay engaged. VR boxing programmes provide users with virtual sparring simulations to enhance their motor skills without needing physical interaction. Initial results indicate that VR training enhances response behavior in karate athletes (59). Digital adaptations offer great potential, especially for people with limited mobility or remote locations. However, further studies are necessary to prove their enduring effects on physical health and psychological and social aspects (59-61).Strengths and Weaknesses of Scientific HypothesesThe hypothesis that combat sports confer multidimensional health benefits is strongly supported by empirical evidence spanning physiological, psychological, and social domains (8, 62-64). The integration of physical exertion, cognitive engagement, and structured discipline inherent in combat sports aligns with established theories of exercise psychology, neuroplasticity, and social identity formation (65, 66). This multidimensional perspective provides a robust theoretical foundation for advocating combat sports as a health-promoting activity. Nevertheless, several limitations warrant consideration. The heterogeneity of disciplines, which vary highly in intensity, contact level, and training methodologies, is often inadequately addressed in research, leading to overgeneralized conclusions (17, 39). Often underexamined, individual differences in personality, motivation, and previous trauma history may strongly moderate the psychological outcomes of combat sports participation (35, 67, 68).Additionally, a research focus is needed on concerns regarding the potential for adverse psychological effects (e.g., anxiety, depression, disordered eating behaviors, burnout, and decreased self-esteem), particularly in competitive environments where performance pressure, extreme weight-cutting practices, and aggressive coaching styles are prevalent (69, 70). Indeed, a balanced perspective that considers both benefits and risks is essential for the development of evidence-based recommendations (10, 71).Future DirectionsTo enhance the field, future research should prioritize well-structured longitudinal studies that assess the long-term impact of combat sports participation on physical, psychological, and social health. Standardization of outcome measures, intervention protocols, and participant demographics would facilitate cross-study comparisons and strengthen the reliability of findings (72, 73). Moreover, interdisciplinary collaborations incorporating sports science, psychology, and sociology could provide a more holistic perspective on combat sports' broader implications on practitioners (74).From a policy perspective, to yield valuable insights into combat sports’ practical applications research should investigate their efficacy within public health, educational, and rehabilitation initiatives, particularly for underserved and vulnerable populations (23, 75, 76).Furthermore, while safety remains a primary concern, advancements in protective equipment, training methodologies, education for athletes, coaches, referees and tournament directors, and regulatory frameworks should be continually evaluated to optimize benefits while mitigating risks (40, 41, 58, 77, 78). Ethical considerations, particularly concerning athlete well-being and inclusive participation, should remain a central focus in both research and practical implementation (17, 34, 36).Therefore, key research challenges to be addressed are: 1. Injury risk and safety: a need for injury prevention strategies, especially for concussions and head trauma in striking sports. 2. Psychological wellbeing: risks of stress, anxiety, burnout, and negative self-perception in competitive environments. 3. Inclusion and accessibility: a need for more research on long-term social and psychological benefits for marginalized groups and individuals with disabilities. 4. Methodological limitations: lack of standardized protocols, variability in study designs, and limited reproducibility of findings. 5. Ethical and regulatory issues: concerns over coaching practices, extreme weight-cutting, and athlete wellbeing in high-pressure environments. 6. Technological innovations: more research required on the effectiveness of VR and digital training tools in combat sports. 7. Public health and policy: exploration of combat sports' role in health initiatives, rehabilitation, and educational programs. ConclusionThe evolving discourse on combat sports highlights their potential as a multidimensional tool for well-being promotion. While a substantial body of evidence supports their benefits, a critical examination of methodological limitations, scientific hypotheses, and practical applications is essential for further refine our understanding and enhance their effectiveness. Finally, this article makes a significant contribution not only to the field of martial arts but also to public health and sports psychology. Its interdisciplinary approach calls for scientific collaboration and methodological rigor, reinforces the need for evidence-based policies and can serve as a valuable guide for researchers and policymakers looking to integrate combat sports into strategies for promoting health and social inclusion.

Frontiers in Psychology · 12 citationsread the source →

Prevalence of depressive disorders and treatment in China: a cross-sectional epidemiological study.

Background: In China, depressive disorders have been estimated to be the second leading cause of years lived with disability. However, nationally representative epidemiological data for depressive disorders, in particular use of mental health services by adults with these disorders, are unavailable in China. The present study, part of the China Mental Health Survey, 2012-15, aims to describe the socioeconomic characteristics and the use of mental health services in people with depressive disorders in China. Methods: The China Mental Health Survey was a cross-sectional epidemiological survey of mental disorders in a multistage clustered-area probability sample of adults of Chinese nationality (≥18 years) from 157 nationwide representative population-based disease surveillance points in 31 provinces across China. Trained investigators interviewed the participants with the Composite International Diagnostic Interview 3.0 to ascertain the presence of lifetime and 12-month depressive disorders according to DSM-IV criteria, including major depressive disorder, dysthymic disorder, and depressive disorder not otherwise specified. Participants with 12-month depressive disorders were asked whether they received any treatment for their emotional problems during the past 12 months and, if so, the specific types of treatment providers. The Sheehan Disability Scale (SDS) was used to assess impairments associated with 12-month depressive symptoms. Data-quality control procedures included logic check by computers, sequential recording check, and phone-call check by the quality controllers, and reinterview check by the psychiatrists. Data were weighted according to the age-sex-residence distribution data from China's 2010 census population survey to adjust for differential probabilities of selection and differential response, as well as to post-stratify the sample to match the population distribution. Findings: 28 140 respondents (12 537 [44·6%] men and 15 603 [55·4%] women) completed the survey between July 22, 2013, and March 5, 2015. Ethnicity data (Han or non-Han) were collected for only a subsample. Prevalence of any depressive disorders was higher in women than men (lifetime prevalence odds ratio [OR] 1·44 [95% CI 1·20-1·72] and 12-month prevalence OR 1·41 [1·12-1·78]), in unemployed people than employed people (lifetime OR 2·38 [95% CI 1·68-3·38] and 12-month OR 2·80 [95% CI 1·88-4·18]), and in people who were separated, widowed, or divorced compared with those who were married or cohabiting (lifetime OR 1·87 [95% CI 1·39-2·51] and 12-month OR 1·85 [95% CI 1·40-2·46]). Overall, 574 (weighted % 75·9%) of 744 people with 12-month depressive disorders had role impairment of any SDS domain: 439 (83·6%) of 534 respondents with major depressive disorder, 207 (79·8%) of 254 respondents with dysthymic disorder, and 122 (59·9%) of 189 respondents with depressive disorder not otherwise specified. Only an estimated 84 (weighted % 9·5%) of 1007 participants with 12-month depressive disorders were treated in any treatment sector: 38 (3·6%) in speciality mental health, 20 (1·5%) in general medical, two (0·3%) in human services, and 21 (2·7%) in complementary and alternative medicine. Only 12 (0·5%) of 1007 participants with depressive disorders were treated adequately. Interpretation: Depressive disorders in China were more prevalent in women than men, unemployed people than employed, and those who were separated, widowed, or divorced than people who were married or cohabiting. Most people with depressive disorders reported social impairment. Treatment rates were very low, and few people received adequate treatment. National programmes are needed to remove barriers to availability, accessibility, and acceptability of care for depression in China. Funding: National Health Commission and Ministry of Science and Technology of People's Republic of China. Translation: For the Chinese translation of the abstract see Supplementary Materials section.

The lancet. Psychiatry · 591 citationsread the source →

Exploring the use and challenges of implementing virtual visits during COVID-19 in primary care and lessons for sustained use.

Background: The COVID-19 pandemic has rapidly transformed how healthcare is delivered to limit the transmission of the virus. This descriptive cross-sectional study explored the current use of virtual visits in providing care among primary care providers in southwestern Ontario during the first wave of the COVID-19 pandemic and the anticipated level of utilization post-pandemic. It also explored clinicians' perceptions of the available support tools and resources and challenges to incorporating virtual visits within primary care practices. Methods: Primary care physicians and nurse practitioners currently practicing in the southwestern part of Ontario were invited to participate in an online survey. The survey invite was distributed via email, different social media platforms, and newsletters. The survey questions gathered clinicians' demographic information and assessed their experience with virtual visits, including the proportion of visits conducted virtually (before, during the pandemic, and expected volume post-pandemic), overall satisfaction and comfort level with offering virtual visits using modalities, challenges experienced, as well as useful resources and tools to support them in using virtual visits in their practice. Results: We received 207 responses, with 96.6% of respondents offering virtual visits in their practice. Participants used different modalities to conduct virtual visits, with the vast majority offering visits via phone calls (99.5%). Since the COVID-19 pandemic, clinicians who offered virtual visits have conducted an average of 66.4% of their visits virtually, compared to an average of 6.5% pre-pandemic. Participants anticipated continuing use of virtual visits with an average of 43.9% post-pandemic. Overall, 74.5% of participants were satisfied with their experience using virtual visits, and 88% believed they could incorporate virtual visits well within the usual workflow. Participants highlighted some challenges in offering virtual care. For example, 58% were concerned about patients' limited access to technology, 55% about patients' knowledge of technology, and 41% about the lack of integration with their current EMR, the increase in demand over time, and the connectivity issues such as inconsistent Wi-Fi/Internet connection. There were significant differences in perception of some challenges between clinicians in urban vs, rural areas. Clinicians in rural areas were more likely to consider the inconsistent Wi-Fi and limited connectivity as barriers to incorporating virtual visits within the practice setting (58.8% vs. 40.2%, P = 0.030). In comparison, clinicians in urban areas were significantly more concerned about patients overusing virtual care services (39.4% vs. 21.6%, P = 0.024). As for support tools, 47% of clinicians advocated for virtual care standards outlined by their profession's college. About 32% identified change management support and technical training as supportive tools. Moreover, 39% and 28% thought local colleagues and in-house organizational support are helpful resources, respectively. Conclusion: Our study shows that the adoption of virtual visits has exponentially increased during the pandemic, with a significant interest in continuing to use virtual care options in the delivery of primary care post-pandemic. The study sheds light on tools and resources that could enhance operational efficiencies in adopting virtual visits in primary care settings and highlights challenges that, when addressed, can expand the health system capacity and sustained use of virtual care.

PloS one · 84 citationsread the source →

Pathophysiology of the risk factors associated with osteoporosis and their correlation to the T-score value in patients with osteopenia and osteoporosis in the United Arab Emirates

INTRODUCTION Osteoporosis is a bone disorder, characterized by loss of bone strength because of an imbalance between the bone resorption and the mechanisms of bone formation, leading to increased fragility and fractures. Pathophysiological mechanisms underlying this disorder include an inadequate formation response during the remodeling process of bone formation, which is an essential factor in osteoporosis pathogenesis. This inadequacy is due to the activation of large numbers of osteoclasts as a response to initiation of hematopoietic precursor cells with failure of normal interaction with the osteoblastic lineage. This will lead to excessive bone resorption that may result in complete loss of trabecular structure and loss of template for new bone formation. The time required for osteoblastic replacement is longer than the resorption phase of bone remodeling by osteoclasts. Therefore, any increase in bone remodeling will lead to damaged architecture and loss of bone mass.[1] Recently, it has been estimated that more than 200 million people worldwide have osteoporosis. On the basis of a statistics from the International Osteoporosis Foundation in 2017, one in five men and one in three women over the age of 50 years will experience fractures during their lifetime because of osteoporosis. Furthermore, it has been found that an osteoporotic fracture occurs every 3s, with the most common fractures occurring at the hip, spine, and wrist.[23] Osteoporotic fractures may be the first manifestation of the disease, which is why it is called a silent disease. Risk factors of osteoporosis, decreased bone mineral density (BMD), and increased fragility fractures may be modifiable or non-modifiable. Among the modifiable factors are low body mass index (BMI), vitamin D deficiency, low calcium intake, excessive caffeine and alcohol consumption, smoking, sedentary life and low physical activity, endocrine disorders (such as estrogen deficiency and insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus or hyperparathyroidism), some drugs (such as corticosteroids), and previous history of fragility fractures. The non-modifiable factors include female gender, family history, race, and early menopause.[45] According to the World Health Organization (WHO) diagnostic criteria, osteoporosis is diagnosed by BMD at the hip or spine, which is below the young normal mean reference population by 2.5 standard deviations (SDs) or more. This is called the T-score, and osteopenia is diagnosed by BMD less than or equal to 1 SD.[6] The guidelines for osteoporosis screening vary greatly in various publications. In general, most organizations recommend that all adults older than 50 years of age with a history of fracture must receive BMD screening.[7] Dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA) at the hip or spine is the best test for measuring central BMD. An association is present between the T-score values in DXA in patients with osteoporosis or osteopenia and the risk of fractures. A fracture risk assessment tool (FRAX) was designed. It is estimated that for every 1 SD decline in spine BMD, the risk of having a spine fracture increases 2.3 times and the risk of having a hip fracture increases 2.6 times.[89] As the most common bone disease in humans, the prevalence of osteoporosis is steadily increasing due to a growing elderly population, and thus represents a major public health concern with reduced bone strength and a higher risk of fractures.[68] The prevalence of osteoporosis is steadily escalating due to increased life expectancy as a result of developed health services. According to the 2016 WHO report, in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), life expectancy at birth for men was 76 years and for women it was 79 years.[10] The UAE population projection showed that in 2011, 7% of the population were 50 years of age or over and less than 1% were 70 years of age or over. By 2050, it is estimated that 12% of the population will be 50 years or over and 2% will be 70 years or over.[11] MATERIALS AND METHODS Study design The study was performed in accordance with the International Conference on Harmonisation Good Clinical Practice guidelines. Ethical approval number UG-H-18-11-7-10 was obtained from the Research Ethics Committee of the college. The study was conducted on a population sample of national and nonnational people in the UAE. Both men and women were recruited in the study. Data were collected from the patients in six governmental and private hospitals. Research tools A total of 200 male and female participants between the age of 25 and 80 years were recruited in the study. Eighty percent of the sample were women and 20% were men. After obtaining the required consent, each participant was asked to fill a structured questionnaire consisting of 25 questions, which was used as the primary tool for data collection. The questions were formulated both in Arabic and English, it required 3–4min to be completed. BMD of the participants was assessed in the International Radiology Centre and correlated with their data in the questionnaires. DXA scan was used for the measurement of BMD. Data collection and data analysis After ensuring strict confidentiality, data were collected between March 20, 2016 and May 20, 2016. The following information was obtained: Demographic data (gender, age, race, BMI, and occupation) Family history of osteoporosis or osteoporotic fractures Social history and lifestyle, physical activity, and exposure to the sun Dietary habits such as calcium, caffeine, and soft drinks intake Medical history of diseases and medicines. For female participants, number of pregnancies, lactation, and age at menopause were included The following criteria were used to evaluate osteoporosis: Normal BMD: if T-score between +2.5 and –1 Osteopenia: if T-score between –1 and –2.5 Osteoporosis: if T-score below –2.5 The filled questionnaires were coded and data were analyzed statistically using the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) software (version 24; IBM Corporation, Newyork, USA). Spearman’s correlation test was carried out to assess the association between different variables in the study. A P value of less than 0.05 was considered significant. RESULTS Sociodemographic data The sociodemographic background of the study participants is listed in Table 1. A total of 200 participants were included in the study. The control group and the osteoporotic group consisted of 100 participants each, 20% of them were men, whereas 80% of the respondents were women. Table 1: Background demographic data of the respondentsBody mass index The patients with osteoporosis have significantly lower BMI than the control group (P < 0.05). Results showed that 72% of them have a BMI less than 25 kg/m2 (P < 0.05) [Table 2] [Figure 1].Table 2: Body mass index of the respondentsFigure 1: Body mass index (kg/m2) of the respondentsSmoking behavior Regarding smoking behavior, a significant value was evident between smoking and osteoporosis (P < 0.01) as 54% of the patients with osteoporosis were current smokers, whereas 72% of the controls had never smoked before [Table 3] [Figure 2].Table 3: Smoking behavior and intake of milk, coffee, and soft drinks by the respondentsFigure 2: Intake of milk and caffeine and smoking behavior by the respondentsDietary calcium intake The intake of milk and dairy products by the participants was used to assess the dietary calcium intake. The patients with osteoporosis have a significant low calcium intake (P < 0.01), whereas non-osteoporotic control significantly consume more milk and dairy products (P < 0.01). A positive correlation was found between the intake of milk and dairy products and the T-score value of the participants (P < 0.05) [Table 3] [Figures 2 and 3].Figure 3: Correlation between milk intake and T-score in patients with osteoporosisCaffeine consumption Caffeine intake was evaluated in this study by the amount of coffee, tea, or soft drinks consumed by the participants each day. The results showed that the patients with osteoporosis significantly consume more caffeine (P < 0.01). A negative correlation is present between the amount of caffeine intake and T-score value of the participants (P < 0.05) [Table 3] [Figures 2, 4, and 5].Figure 4: Correlation between tea/coffee intake and T-score in patients with osteoporosisFigure 5: Correlation between soft drinks intake and T-score in patients with osteoporosisExercise behavior and exposure to the sun Results showed a significant positive correlation between the duration of exercise and the T-score value of the participants (P < 0.05) [Table 4] [Figure 6].Table 4: Exercise behavior and exposure to sun of the respondentsFigure 6: Correlation between exercise duration and T-score in patients with osteoporosisRegarding the exposure to the sun, the results showed that 96% of the patients with osteoporosis were exposed to the sun for less than 15min, three to four times a week or not exposed at all, whereas most of the normal controls (72%) exposed their bodies to the sun for 16–30min/day, three to four times a week [Table 4] [Figure 7].Figure 7: Sun exposure behavior of the respondentsDiseases and medications Results of the study revealed that 46% of the patients with osteoporosis were diabetic, 42% of them were treated by antidiabetics, 18% had arthritis and 38% had been treated previously by corticosteroids [Table 5].Table 5: Distribution of patients with osteoporosis by their diseases and medicationsNumber of pregnancies and breastfeeding Female participants constituted 80% of the study sample, 75% of the females with osteoporosis were menopausal, 75% of them had three or more pregnancies, and 82.5% of them breastfed their children, whereas these values for the control group participants are 30%, 28%, and 33%, respectively. Results showed a significant positive correlation between the age at menopause and the T-score value of females with osteoporosis (P < 0.05) [Table 6] [Figure 8]. The distribution of patients according to the joint affected by Osteoporosis or Osteopenia is shown in [Figure 9] and [Table 7].Table 6: Distribution of female patients with osteoporosis by number of pregnancies and breastfeedingFigure 8: Correlation between age at menopause and T-score in female patients with osteoporosisFigure 9: Distribution of patients having osteopenia or osteoporosis in wrists, hips, or spineTable 7: Distribution of patients having osteoporosis and/or osteopenia in hips, wrists, and spineDISCUSSION To maintain normal bone structure, a remodeling process that consists of osteoclasts, removing old bone, and osteoblasts, synthesizing new bone, occurs. Hematopoietic progenitors produce osteoclasts, whereas mesenchymal stem cells called marrow stromal fibroblasts produce osteoblasts. This process is controlled by certain circulating hormones, growth factors, and locally produced cytokines through their effects on apoptosis of osteoblasts and osteoclasts. Estrogen deficiency or glucocorticoid excess leads to bone loss because of changes in the production of bone cells. This is caused by the prolongation of the life span of osteoclasts and the shortening of the life span of osteoblasts. On the contrary, drugs that aim to treat or prevent osteoporosis prevent apoptosis of osteoblasts and/or stimulate the apoptosis of osteoclasts.[12] The pathogenesis of osteoporosis is the consequence of various hormonal, genetic, dietary, lifestyle, and physical factors. Genetic factors mainly affect the BMD and bone formation, whereas low levels of estrogen increase parathyroid hormone, and local cytokines are mainly responsible for bone remodeling imbalance.[13] Age and gender In this study, 76% of the patients with osteoporosis were women at or above 50 years of age. Osteoporosis is usually considered a disease of the elderly with low BMD. In a recent study, most of the patients with osteoporosis were in the age groups of 45–49 and 50–54 years.[14] Previous studies showed that women were at an increased risk of developing osteoporosis because of their faulty behavior of physical inactivity, sun-avoidance behavior, low intake of dairy products, and poor diets.[151617] Body mass index The results of this study showed a significant number of patients of osteoporosis with BMI <25 kg/m2, where P < 0.05. Women that have low BMI are at a higher risk of developing osteoporosis. It is reported that one unit change in BMI has a larger effect on the risk of developing osteoporosis than most other modifiable risk factors. To help reduce the risk of osteoporosis, patients should be advised to maintain a weight within the normal range.[1516] The risk of osteoporotic fractures increases in adults who have low BMI of less than 20 kg/m2.[18] On the contrary, patients who are obese (BMI >30 kg/m2) are also at a high risk of developing osteoporosis and fractures because of the risk of repeated falls and the weakness of the skeletal muscles due to loss of its mass as a result of aging.[19] Exercise and physical activity The results of this study showed a significant correlation between the exercise time and the T-score value. Previous studies concluded that physical activity and exercises stimulate skeletal growth and bone strength.[45] Estrogen Estrogen deficiency has a critical effect on the pathogenesis of osteoporosis. The results of this study showed a significant positive correlation between the age at menopause and the T-score value of the female patients. Estrogen has a crucial role in bone formation and physiology. It stimulates the production of T cell cytokines, affects the osteoblastic cell by altering its production of receptor activator of nuclear factor-Kappa B ligand (RANKL) or Osteoprotegerin (OPG), inhibits the differentiation of osteoclasts by direct action, and stimulates the formation of bone performed by osteoblasts and osteocytes, which allows them to enhance their ability to respond to mechanical forces.[2021] Estrogen produces its effect through a specific cell surface receptor called the estrogen receptor alpha (ERα). This receptor binds and then transports estrogen into the nucleus of the cell where certain genes are then activated by the receptor–hormone complex. ERα receptors and estrogen receptor–related receptor alpha (ERRα) are found on the surface of osteoblasts. ERRα may play a supporting role in the regulation of bone cells.[22] Previous studies also suggest that sex hormone–binding globulin may play a significant role in regulating bone cells as well because it facilitates entry of estrogen into cells.[23] Because of the natural drop of estrogen level in postmenopausal women, they are at the highest risk of developing osteoporosis. A previous study showed that it is an increase in bone resorption that might be the driving force for bone loss during estrogen deficiency in postmenopausal women not impaired bone formation as was previously thought.[1] However, other studies indicated that both markers of bone resorption and formation also increased, leading to accelerated bone remodeling at menopause.[2425] Calcium intake and vitamin D Calcium and vitamin D are two pivotal contributors of bone formation and mineralization. The results of this study showed that the patients with osteoporosis have a significant low calcium intake, whereas controls significantly consume more milk and dairy products (P < 0.01). This significant result showed the importance of calcium intake. Results also established a positive correlation between calcium intake and the T-score value of the participants. Vitamin D plays an important role in maintaining calcium homeostasis and bone integrity as it is essential for intestinal calcium absorption.[26] It is estimated that over one billion people around the world have vitamin D deficiency.[2728] Sun exposure is considered as the source of vitamin D, the present results showed a significant value (P < 0.01) as 74% of the patients with osteoporosis exposed their bodies to the sun for 5min or less, three to four times per week, whereas 72% of controls exposed their bodies to the sun for 15–30min, 3 to 4 times a week. A previous study conducted in the UAE showed that 58.2% of the UAE nationals were vitamin D deficient compared to 45% of the patients from other nationalities.[29] In spite of living in sunny areas, such as UAE, Saudi Arabia, and India, young populations have a high prevalence of vitamin D deficiency because of insufficient knowledge and practice of vitamin D and its health implications.[3031] Decreased blood calcium level will lead to secondary hyperparathyroidism. This decrease may result from impaired intestinal calcium absorption due to vitamin D deficiency, aging, or other diseases. Calcitriol, the active form of vitamin D, stimulates the intestinal absorption of calcium and phosphorus. It has an inhibitory effect on the synthesis of parathyroid hormone as well. Therefore, calcitriol deficiency will lead to secondary hyperparathyroidism as well.[32] There is a clear evidence that the risk of having an osteoporotic fracture increases when vitamin D levels are below 50 nmol.[3334] However, a recent study showed that pathological macrophages produced by vitamin D receptor signaling play an important role in the development of myelofibrosis.[35] Smoking The results of this study showed that nicotine has a significant effect on the incidence of osteoporosis (P < 0.01). Smoking has been identified as a modifiable risk factor for low BMD and increased osteoporotic fracture risk.[3637] Smoking behavior should be evaluated when assessing the fracture risk and FRAX.[1638] The role of smoking in decreasing BMD is complicated; smoking is shown to be associated with other risk factors for osteoporosis such as decreased physical activity, low BMI, and poor diet.[38] Nicotine has both direct and indirect effects on BMD. The direct effect is on bone cell proliferation and is described to be biphasic, small doses have a stimulatory effect, whereas toxic large doses have an antiproliferative effect on the proliferation of osteoblasts.[39] This effect on osteoblasts is receptor mediated by the nicotinic acetylcholine receptors, where nicotine in low doses upregulates gene expression of alkaline phosphatase, type 1 collagen, and osteocalcin.[40] Nicotine produces an increased level of tumor necrosis factor α (TNFα) secretion that reduces bone formation by osteoblasts and increases bone resorption by osteoclasts. TNFα has a powerful osteoclastogenic effect through its stimulating effect on RANKL production and by intensifying osteoclasts production.[41] It is strongly supported that RANK/RANKL/OPG systems have a role in regulating bone resorption and the formation of osteoclasts.[42] The main predisposing factor for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) has been found to be smoking. The most important factor in managing COPD continues to be the termination of smoking.[43] It has been shown in numerous studies that smokers with COPD have elevated levels of pro-inflammatory cytokines in the form of interleukin-6. In addition, TNFα levels are much higher in COPD smokers than in asymptomatic smokers. This indicates that COPD affects local and systemic inflammatory responses, which in turn affects bone remodeling.[4445] Nicotine has an indirect effect on BMD, which is caused by releasing calcitropic hormones and glucocorticoids, which leads to an increase in bone resorption.[43] Furthermore, smoking has been linked to an increase in the level of cortisol[4446] as well as a decrease in the level of estradiol.[47] Nicotine also harms intestinal calcium absorption, which might lessen the effectiveness of dietary calcium supplements.[48] Also, toxic carcinogenic metabolites of nicotine have also been found to increase osteoclast formation in rats.[49] Moreover, one hip fracture in eight postmenopausal women with osteoporosis is attributable to smoking. This correlation could not be explained by early menopause, low BMI, lower levels of exercise, or by the actions of nicotine on estrogen. This indicates that there is an independent negative effect of nicotine on BMD, which means that smokers lose bone at a faster rate than nonsmokers.[50] CONCLUSION Prevalence of osteoporosis is high in the UAE and is expected to grow due to increased life expectancy and faulty lifestyle of inadequate dietary habits, sun exposure, exercise behavior, and smoking. More intervention should be directed toward changing the modifiable risk factors in the patients with osteoporosis, and more studies should be directed toward osteoporosis in the UAE. Limitations of the study To make the study a polycentric research, it would require greater number of participants from all the emirates of the UAE. Financial support and sponsorship This work is self-funded by the authors. Conflicts of interest There are no conflicts of interest.

Journal of Pharmacy And Bioallied Sciences · 11 citationsread the source →

Assessing Lifetime Stress Exposure Using the Stress and Adversity Inventory for Adults (Adult STRAIN): An Overview and Initial Validation.

Objective: Numerous theories have proposed that acute and chronic stressors may exert a cumulative effect on life-span health by causing biological "wear and tear," or allostatic load, which in turn promotes disease. Very few studies have directly tested such models, though, partly because of the challenges associated with efficiently assessing stress exposure over the entire life course. To address this issue, we developed the first online system for systematically assessing lifetime stress exposure, called the Stress and Adversity Inventory (STRAIN), and describe its initial validation here. Methods: Adults recruited from the community (n = 205) were administered the STRAIN, Childhood Trauma Questionnaire-Short Form, and Perceived Stress Scale, as well as measures of socioeconomic status, personality, social desirability, negative affect, mental and physical health complaints, sleep quality, computer-assessed executive function, and doctor-diagnosed general health problems and autoimmune disorders. Results: The STRAIN achieved high acceptability and was completed relatively quickly (mean = 18 minutes 39 seconds; interquartile range = 12-23 minutes). The structure of the lifetime stress data best fit two latent classes overall and five distinct trajectories over time. Concurrent associations with the Childhood Trauma Questionnaire-Short Form and Perceived Stress Scale were good (r values = .147-.552). Moreover, the STRAIN was not significantly related to personality traits or social desirability characteristics and, in adjusted analyses, emerged as the measure most strongly associated with all six of the health and cognitive outcomes assessed except current mental health complaints (β values = .16-.41; risk ratios = 1.02-1.04). Finally, test-retest reliability for the main stress exposure indices over 2-4 weeks was excellent (r values = .904-.919). Conclusions: The STRAIN demonstrated good usability and acceptability; very good concurrent, discriminant, and predictive validity; and excellent test-retest reliability.

Psychosomatic medicine · 192 citationsread the source →

Psychosexual health in gynecological cancer

The literature surrounding psychosexual health and cancer patients has primarily considered the functional aspects of the disease and its treatment at the major expense of the emotional sequelae. Sexual health is defined by WHO as: "a state of physical, emotional, mental, and social well-being in relation to sexuality; it is not merely the absence of disease, dysfunction or infirmity. Sexual health requires a positive and respectful approach to sexuality and sexual relationships, as well as the possibility of having pleasurable and safe sexual experiences, free of coercion, discrimination and violence" [1]. A principle goal of WHO is to assist its member states in achieving the highest attainable standard of health care for all, including sexual and reproductive health [2]. Global statistics show that the world's female population is carrying an overwhelming burden of need in this area. Over 200 million women cannot access modern contraception, and millions of women suffer rape, domestic violence, and sexual abuse, not only in the context of wars and criminal activities, but also in their own homes [2]. Although the physical sequelae of these disasters can be treated, such as treatment for sexually transmitted infections, the emotional impact can frequently be hidden, ignored, or may not reveal its impact until many years after the event. Any illness or traumatic life event, past or present, can lead to sexual problems in the lifetime of a woman, and gynecological cancer is no exception. It is the root cause or trigger for sexual difficulties in at least 50% of women affected [3]. In 2012, the estimated number of women living with gynecological cancers was over three million, which means that potentially 1.5 million gynecological cancer survivors could be affected by an associated sexual difficulty [4]. Within the context of gynecological cancer, many of these problems can be alleviated if recognized and acknowledged early in the cancer journey, therefore contributing dramatic improvements to a woman's overall well-being. It is now estimated that half of the population of either sex will develop cancer at some time in their life. Globally, 40% − 45% of women will have a sexual problem at some stage, with the prevalence increasing with age [5]. Between 10% and 90% of women with any cancer will have sexual problems [6] and over 50% of women with gynecological cancer will have either temporary or persistent sexual difficulties [3]. As diagnosis and treatments improve, the number of women surviving cancer will increase, and survivorship issues including quality of life have become increasingly important. Sexuality is a key component of most subjective measurable quality of life indicators [7]. Sexual function and enjoyment are important components of survivorship and should not be ignored. The most common sexual problems can be divided into two groups: problems of function and/or problems of desire. There is, however, a complex interplay of organic disorders with emotional and psychosocial issues, and these divisions are merely artificial. Formal definitions of female sexual dysfunction have been adopted, including the US classifications in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders [8], although having a sexual difficulty does not constitute having a mental health disorder. Basson et al. [9] published a useful classification of the problems. Such classifications are useful for research purposes, but may often be less helpful when treating women. The predominant functional female sexual problem is pain on sexual intercourse, or dyspareunia. Deep dyspareunia describes intracoital pelvic pain, and superficial dyspareunia is pain on vaginal entry. Either could signify organic disease, and should be appropriately investigated. If no pathology is demonstrated, and the pain persists, then an emotional cause must be considered and pursued. Vaginismus, or involuntary spasm of the pubococcygeal and related musculature, can prevent sexual intercourse taking place. Good history taking can clarify whether there has been any penetration of the vagina, not only penile, but by fingers, sex toys, or tampons. If not, this is diagnostic of primary vaginismus, and apart from close inspection of the vulva and offer of gentle digital vaginal examination to determine the extent of the vaginismus, no further clinical investigation is warranted. Women with gynecological cancer are more likely to have secondary vaginismus caused by pain experienced from the disease or its treatment, and fear of the pain occurring during sex [10]. Loss of libido or loss of sexual interest on the other hand is a problem of desire. There are no physiological markers for loss of desire when its origins are psychogenic, with psychosocial contributions, past and present relationships, traumas, and emotional factors all inhibiting the woman's wish to be sexual. One of the key ways to determine the origins of the sexual difficulty is to ask about the sexual and emotional relationship between the woman and her partner before the cancer diagnosis. It should not be assumed that problems are all due to the cancer, as long-standing relationship problems may be disclosed, and need to be incorporated into any counselling. The exception to this is the woman who suddenly becomes menopausal following cancer treatment, who had no problems with sex or desire prior to her cancer therapy. Appropriate standard therapy for her menopausal symptoms should be considered; however, the impact of a cancer diagnosis will be life changing, and drug treatment of hormonal deprivation symptoms may not be sufficient without some psychological or counselling support, or may be contraindicated as in the case of breast and endometrial cancer [11]. A diagnosis of gynecological cancer is overwhelming. While the instinctive professional response from clinicians is to ensure long-term survival, sexual issues are important for quality of life and should be considered in the decision-making process [12]. Sexual dysfunction is one of the most common and distressing consequences of cancer treatment [13]. Many treatments are shown to have sexual impacts, both positive and negative, and should be discussed fully with the woman pre-treatment so that she can make an autonomous decision about her care. Early offer of discussion of sexual issues in the cancer journey can lead to better sexual outcomes. Cervical cancer is the most common gynecological cancer worldwide. Cervical cancer survivors are at risk of sexual pain disorders, no matter which modality of treatment is used. A small study of patients who underwent radical vaginal trachelectomy for early stage cervical cancer showed sexual dysfunction, including loss of libido, for up to one year following treatment; however, by 12 months, sexual activity had reached that of healthy women [14]. Following radical hysterectomy for locally advanced cervical cancer, there was no significant difference in sexual activity and enjoyment between women with benign or malignant disease; however, the cancer group had worse problems than healthy controls with body image and vaginal functioning [15]. In women with advanced cervical cancer given chemoradiotherapy, pain during intercourse was in fact reduced after treatment [16]. This may have been a result of the resolution of bleeding, discharge, and pelvic pain. However, the anxiety surrounding cancer remains for many women. Women surviving up to 15 years following cervical cancer treatment showed poorer quality of life than healthy controls, and those who had received radiotherapy were significantly more affected by sexual dysfunction than those who had surgery alone [17]. Despite this however, orgasm may be unimpaired following radiation [18]. Many additional needs were expressed by women with cervical cancer; however, sexuality and intimacy came to the fore as a predominant issue for survivorship [19]. It has been known for some time that the physical and emotional impact of ovarian cancer can be devastating, leading to sexual as well as global quality of life issues [20]. One study has shown a prevalence of 63% for sexual difficulties among women with a diagnosis of ovarian cancer [3]. The effects of chemotherapy and surgery, combined with the anxiety about survival can have a dramatic negative effect on the woman's libido, and even women who undertake risk-reducing salpingo-oophorectomy can suffer sexual dysfunction [21]. Many of these women are totally unprepared for the devastating effects of sudden menopause, with hot flushes, vaginal dryness, and loss of libido replacing a previously healthy sex life. This could be helped by more realistic counselling before the procedure, and increased postoperative emotional support. One study has shown that women who had surgery for endometrial cancer had no differences in their own sexual experience postoperatively, but compared with healthy controls, they had more sexual difficulties overall [22]. Women with Lynch syndrome who opt for preventive surgery tend to be happy overall with the surgery, but are often unprepared for the physical adverse effects of menopause [23]. In contrast, Moldovan et al. [24] has reported that, despite sometimes debilitating menopausal symptoms, there were no significant sexual difficulties associated with the procedure. Vulvectomy is a common treatment for vulvar malignancy. This is increasingly affecting younger women, who are HIV positive. Women with vulvar cancer can have many years of difficulties with sex due to often distressing vulvar symptoms and bleeding. Following treatment they still suffer severe dyspareunia and body image distortion due to the effects of treatment. Although a recent study showed no differences in psychosocial and sexual functioning before and after vulvectomy, it was acknowledged that women with vulvar malignancy have a high risk for sexual problems compared with healthy controls [25]. Factors associated with postoperative sexual difficulties are increased age, poor overall physical and mental health well-being, and extent of the surgical excision [25]. This often elderly group of patients is usually neglected from the psychosexual point of view. The majority of the literature related to sexuality and cancer stems from high-resource countries. Although most of these studies encompass all women, there is a lack of good published evidence on the treatment of the sexual sequelae of cancer in relation to ethnic minority groups, within a majority culture [26]. Furthermore, data from low- and middle-income countries are scant. Much of the literature focuses on sexual distress and activity in relation to HIV and AIDS which, of course, is a global priority; however, this focus on infection transmission should not take away from the emotional needs of the woman who suffers from gynecological cancer. Sexuality research around the globe must be perceived and researched in terms of cultural, spiritual, ethnic, and religious contexts. Sexual problems in women with gynecological cancer may be associated with adverse effects of surgical, hormonal, and chemical treatments, as well as by the cancer itself. Fortunately, emotional, sexual, and quality of life outcomes improve as less morbid, more minimally invasive surgical treatments for gynecological cancers develop [12]. Chemotherapy-induced ovarian failure in cancer patients is associated with all the possible symptoms of a sudden menopause, combined with the emotional impact not only of the cancer, but loss of physical well-being and fertility all at the same time. Vaginal dryness can be a major problem to those women who wish to have sex [27], and appropriate vaginal moisturizers and lubricants can help. The issue of vaginal estrogen is still debated, but should be discussed with the patient, weighing up the risk − benefit ratio for each individual. Vaginal estrogen will, in most cases, alleviate the dryness, but there may be concerns about using hormones, especially in relation to breast cancer where the evidence is unclear. The scientific data, however, support the safety of low dose vaginal estrogen therapy [28]. It is not well understood that following a few weeks of vaginal estrogen, the vagina thickens and cornifies and estrogen is not absorbed as a result. Newer treatments such as selective estrogen receptor modulators have been used in place of vaginal estrogen in women without cancer [29], and may prove good alternatives in the future [30]. There are non-hormonal vaginal moisturizers and lubricants to make sexual intercourse more comfortable. Unfortunately, some commercial sexual lubricants can be hyperosmolar and could cause epithelial disruption, facilitating HIV transmission [31]. Simple lubricants such as olive oil or liquid glycerin have been used successfully in interventions to alleviate pain on intercourse due to vaginal dryness, combining their use with physiotherapy and psychosexual counselling. Treatments with pelvic external beam radiotherapy and/or with brachytherapy may cause vaginal shortening, tightening, and lack of pliability. The use of vaginal dilators to overcome these complications is widespread, despite lack of conclusive evidence, either for or against, either with or without a coating of estrogen cream [32]. Unsurprisingly, the intrusion of inserting a plastic (or sometimes glass) tube into a tender vagina after treatment is a task that may carry a deep psychological and emotional impact [33], and will have resultant poor compliance. Radiation oncologists agree that information about dilator use should be given before treatment [34], and that sufficient patient information and support are essential to improve compliance. Sensitivity to emotions and women's views and personal values in relation to sexuality are essential supports to encouraging dilator use [35]. Any of the above problems cannot fail to have an emotional impact on the woman and on her partner. Many sexual difficulties are automatically blamed on the organic disruption caused by cancer and its treatments; however, once any clearly indicated treatments have been given, in a sizable proportion of cases, the sexual difficulty will remain unresolved. Many sexual difficulties are psychogenic, and no amount of skilled clinical treatments will help if not linked closely to appropriate counselling, psychological, or psychosexual therapy. This form of intervention will enable the woman to expose and reflect on her sexual difficulties, in the context of her life and relationship not only since the cancer, but beforehand. This is often a time when past problems, such as childhood abuse, or problems with her current partner will surface. Some partners are disgusted by the physical impacts of cancer, and the relationship will suffer. On the other hand, some partners become more supportive and the cancer leads to stronger relationships [36]. Classic psychosexual therapy, using brief, focused psychotherapeutic techniques is the mainstay of treatment. It can be used with an individual or a couple, of any sexual orientation or cultural or religious background. This is a way of listening reflectively to the patient, so that they can gain their own insights into their sexual problem. The issue of genital examination is considered if relevant, as it enables the woman to connect with her genital area, and may trigger deep-seated thoughts or anxieties that the woman had blocked emotionally. This, of course, is a technique used only by clinicians who are qualified to examine the patient [37]. Clinical psychologists and counsellors trained in psychosexual work also treat women with sexual problems. Globally, because the availability of trained personnel differs, many simple innovative treatment interventions have been tried. A brief intervention using a well-accepted treatment, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), combined with sexual health education had positive results on patients who had risk-reducing salpingo-oophorectomy [21]. Psychosexual interventions work [38], and like all psychodynamic interventions only require a trained counsellor and a means of allowing access to the patient. The internet has enabled access to health care for many people around the world who are not able to travel long and difficult land journeys to direct provision of health care. An online intervention with a professional moderator has proven acceptable to gynecological cancer patients with a sexual difficulty [39], and another internet-based sexual difficulties intervention with counselling sessions proved more successful in improving sexuality issues than without a counsellor; however, there was no difference between the two groups in relation to emotional distress and quality of life [40]. Elsewhere, telephone interventions are being used, also with some success; however, it is clear that the knowledge, skills, and training of the health professional providing the intervention are relevant to the patient outcome. Multidisciplinary care should form the backbone of treatment of sexual difficulties in women with gynecological cancer, incorporating physical, psychoeducational, and psychosexual input. Team discussions, including clinicians, psychosexual therapists, and physiotherapists are well within the capabilities of many cancer centers, remembering that the patient and her partner are the focal point and should always be consulted. It is impossible to diagnose and treat a sexual problem if one does not acknowledge that it exists. Many studies in the past have identified lack of willingness of doctors and nurses to discuss sex, but sadly recent research has shown that not much has changed. For instance, in a cohort sample of 1154 US obstetrician − gynecologists, 60% did not ask patients about sexual problems [41]. Too often clinicians make value judgements about their patients including whether sexuality is an important part of their lives. Such assumptions may include biases about age, appearance, sexual preferences, and marital status of people who have sex. People with cancer and their partners have unmet sexual information and support needs [42], often due to the unwillingness of healthcare professionals to discuss sexual issues, even though they recognize it may be important to the patient. There are many barriers to talking about sex, affecting both the patient and the clinician, such as cultural background, and age and gender discrepancies between doctor and patient. There may be simple barriers, such as lack of privacy in a consultation, as often cancer patients are accompanied by family or close friends. Patients often state that they feel it is trivial to take up the doctor's time with non-life-threatening issues such as sex. Clinicians often cite lack of training as a reason that they are uncomfortable talking about sex and poor provision of this training has been noted [13]. Different models of communication skills training have been used and those undertaking the training have shown greater empathy and were more inclined to use open questions [43]. This technique of speaking to the patient in an open rather than interrogative manner can easily facilitate discussion of intimate issues. An even greater challenge in communication is the recognition that individuals are sexual beings up to the end of life. To some women in the palliative phase, sexual touch and closeness to their partner is of vital importance. Sadly this is rarely recognized and addressed by palliative care physicians [44]. It is important to remember that a minority of the female population identifies as lesbian, and that about 8% of the population is bisexual. While this should make no difference to the quality of sexual health care they receive, lesbians and bisexuals find it difficult to disclose their sexuality to clinicians, often inhibited by their cultural or religious background, and fears of facing discrimination [45]. If the clinician asks the patient at the outset if they have a sexual partner, and whether the partner is male or female, it will greatly enhance the quality of the doctor − patient interaction. Lesbian partners in particular can be very supportive during the cancer journey, and should be given the opportunity to be present if the patient wishes. Despite the recognized need for treatment of sexual problems in menopause and gynecological cancer, there is poor provision of specialist training to ensure that this important area of service provision is met [46]. Undergraduate teaching is important, but it is only by recognizing psychosexual medicine in formal gynecology or oncology training, as a compulsory requirement of the course, that this situation will begin to be addressed. Innovative online programs [47] can make a major impact on global training opportunities and give trainees around the world an opportunity to gain some skills and insight into treating sexual difficulties in a nonjudgmental way. Owing to the global prevalence of sexual problems associated with gynecological cancer, it should be within every gynecologist's or oncologist's duty of care to the patient to be aware of and have some understanding of how to diagnose and facilitate treatment for sexual problems in a nonjudgmental manner. This is true holistic medicine, recognizing not only the cancer, but the woman behind the symptoms, and requires awareness of the emotional, social, and relationship aspects of the patient's life. The ability of any person to enjoy a sexual life free of coercion, shame, disease, or pain in a consensual manner is a fundamental element of the human rights of women, and should be an unequivocally accepted as part of her gynecological cancer care. To make a difference, even in the absence of expensive and sophisticated cancer treatments, just acknowledging, listening, and offering support to the woman with sexual difficulties related to cancer will ultimately have a major benefit to her quality of life. The author has no conflict of interest. Please note: The publisher is not responsible for the content or functionality of any supporting information supplied by the authors. Any queries (other than missing content) should be directed to the corresponding author for the article.

International Journal of Gynecology & Obstetrics · 17 citationsread the source →

Understanding nutrition, depression and mental illnesses

INTRODUCTION Few people are aware of the connection between nutrition and depression while they easily understand the connection between nutritional deficiencies and physical illness. Depression is more typically thought of as strictly biochemical-based or emotionally-rooted. On the contrary, nutrition can play a key role in the onset as well as severity and duration of depression. Many of the easily noticeable food patterns that precede depression are the same as those that occur during depression. These may include poor appetite, skipping meals, and a dominant desire for sweet foods.[1] Nutritional neuroscience is an emerging discipline shedding light on the fact that nutritional factors are intertwined with human cognition, behavior, and emotions. The most common mental disorders that are currently prevalent in numerous countries are depression, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, and obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD).[2] The dietary intake pattern of the general population in many Asian and American countries reflects that they are often deficient in many nutrients, especially essential vitamins, minerals, and omega-3 fatty acids.[3] A notable feature of the diets of patients suffering from mental disorders is the severity of deficiency in these nutrients.[3] Studies have indicated that daily supplements of vital nutrients are often effective in reducing patients' symptoms.[4] Supplements containing amino acids have also been found to reduce symptoms, as they are converted to neurotransmitters which in turn alleviate depression and other mental health problems.[4] On the basis of accumulating scientific evidence, an effective therapeutic intervention is emerging, namely nutritional supplement/treatment. These may be appropriate for controlling and to some extent, preventing depression, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, eating disorders and anxiety disorders, attention deficit disorder/attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADD/ADHD), autism, and addiction.[4] Most prescription drugs, including the common antidepressants lead to side effects.[4] This usually causes the patients to skip taking their medications. Such noncompliance is a common occurrence encountered by psychiatrists. An important point to remember here is that, such noncompliant patients who have mental disorders are at a higher risk for committing suicide or being institutionalized. In some cases, chronic use or higher doses may lead to drug toxicity, which may become life threatening to the patient.[4] An alternate and effective way for psychiatrists to overcome this noncompliance is to familiarize themselves about alternative or complementary nutritional therapies. Although further research needs to be carried out to determine the best recommended doses of most nutritional supplements in the cases of certain nutrients, psychiatrists can recommend doses of dietary supplements based on previous and current efficacious studies and then adjust the doses based on the results obtained by closely observing the changes in the patient.[4] When we take a close look at the diet of depressed people, an interesting observation is that their nutrition is far from adequate. They make poor food choices and selecting foods that might actually contribute to depression. Recent evidence suggests a link between low levels of serotonin and suicide.[5] It is implicated that lower levels of this neurotransmitter can, in part, lead to an overall insensitivity to future consequences, triggering risky, impulsive and aggressive behaviors which may culminate in suicide, the ultimate act of inwardly directed impulsive aggression. Depression is a disorder associated with major symptoms such as increased sadness and anxiety, loss of appetite, depressed mood, and a loss of interest in pleasurable activities. If there is no timely therapeutic intervention, this disorder can lead to varied consequences. Patients who are suffering from depression exhibit suicidal tendency to a larger degree and hence are usually treated with antidepressants and/or psychotherapy.[6] Deficiencies in neurotransmitters such as serotonin, dopamine, noradrenaline, and γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA) are often associated with depression.[6–11] As reported in several studies, the amino acids tryptophan, tyrosine, phenylalanine, and methionine are often helpful in treating many mood disorders including depression.[12–17] When consumed alone on an empty stomach, tryptophan, a precursor of serotonin, is usually converted to serotonin. Hence, tryptophan can induce sleep and tranquility. This implies restoring serotonin levels lead to diminished depression precipitated by serotonin deficiencies.[8] Tyrosine and sometimes its precursor phenylalanine are converted into dopamine and norepinephrine.[18] Dietary supplements containing phenyl alanine and/or tyrosine cause alertness and arousal. Methionine combines with adenosine triphosphate (ATP) to produce S-adenosylmethionine (SAM), which facilitates the production of neurotransmitters in the brain.[19–22] The need of the present paradigm is, more studies shedding light on the daily supplemental doses of these neurochemicals that should be consumed to achieve antidepressant effects. Researchers attribute the decline in the consumption of omega-3 fatty acids from fish and other sources in most populations to an increasing trend in the incidence of major depression.[23] The two omega-3 fatty acids, eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA) which the body converts into docosahexanoic acid (DHA), found in fish oil, have been found to elicit antidepressant effects in human. Many of the proposed mechanisms of this conversion involve neurotransmitters. For instance, antidepressant effects may be due to bioconversion of EPA to leukotrienes, prostaglandins, and other chemicals required by the brain. Others hypothesize that both EPA and DHA influence neuronal signal transduction by activating peroxisomal proliferator-activated receptors (PPARs), inhibiting G-proteins and protein kinase C, in addition to calcium, sodium, and potassium ion channels. Whichever may be the case, epidemiological data and clinical studies have clearly shown that omega-3 fatty acids can effectively treat depression.[24] In depressed patients, daily consumption of dietary supplements of omega-3 fatty acid that contain 1.5-2 g of EPA has been shown to stimulate mood elevation. Nevertheless, doses of omega-3 higher than 3 g do not show better effects than placebos and may be contraindicative in cases, such as those taking anticlotting drugs.[25] In addition to omega–3 fatty acids, vitamin B (e.g., folate) and magnesium deficiencies have been linked to depression.[26–28] Randomized, controlled trials that involve folate and vitamin B12 suggest that patients treated with 0.8 mg of folic acid/day or 0.4 mg of vitamin B12/day will exhibit decreased depression symptoms.[27] In addition, the results of several case studies where patients were treated with 125-300 mg of magnesium (as glycinate or taurinate) with each meal and at bedtime led to rapid recovery from major depression in < 7 days for most of the patients. Previous research has revealed the link between nutritional deficiencies and some mental disorders.[232529–32] The most common nutritional deficiencies seen in patients with mental disorders are of omega–3 fatty acids, B vitamins, minerals, and amino acids that are precursors to neurotransmitters.[20232427283033] Accumulating evidence from demographic studies indicates a link between high fish consumption and low incidence of mental disorders; this lower incidence rate being the direct result of omega–3 fatty acid intake.[233132] One to two grams of omega-3 fatty acids taken daily is the generally accepted dose for healthy individuals, but for patients with mental disorders, up to 9.6 g has been shown to be safe and effective.[34–36] Majority of Asian diets are usually also lacking in fruits and vegetables, which further lead to mineral and vitamin deficiencies. The significance of various nutrients in mental health, with special relevance to depression has been discussed below. CARBOHYDRATES Carbohydrates are naturally occurring polysaccharides and play an important role in structure and function of an organism. In higher organisms (human), they have been found to affect mood and behavior. Eating a meal which is rich in carbohydrates triggers the release of insulin in the body. Insulin helps let blood sugar into cells where it can be used for energy and simultaneously it triggers the entry of tryptophan to brain. Tryptophan in the brain affects the neurotransmitters levels. Consumption of diets low in carbohydrate tends to precipitate depression, since the production of brain chemicals serotonin and tryptophan that promote the feeling of well being, is triggered by carbohydrate rich foods. It is suggested that low glycemic index (GI) foods such as some fruits and vegetables, whole grains, pasta, etc. are more likely to provide a moderate but lasting effect on brain chemistry, mood, and energy level than the high GI foods - primarily sweets - that tend to provide immediate but temporary relief. PROTEINS Proteins are made up of amino acids and are important building blocks of life. As many as 12 amino acids are manufactured in the body itself and remaining 8 (essential amino acids) have to be supplied through diet. A high quality protein diet contains all essential amino acids. Foods rich in high quality protein include meats, milk and other dairy products, and eggs. Plant proteins such as beans, peas, and grains may be low in one or two essential amino acids. Protein intake and in turn the individual amino acids can affect the brain functioning and mental health. Many of the neurotransmitters in the brain are made from amino acids. The neurotransmitter dopamine is made from the amino acid tyrosine and the neurotransmitter serotonin is made from the tryptophan.[5] If there is a lack of any of these two amino acids, there will not be enough synthesis of the respective neurotransmitters, which is associated with low mood and aggression in the patients. The excessive buildup of amino acids may also lead to brain damage and mental retardation. For example, excessive buildup of phenylalanine in the individuals with disease called phenylketonuria can cause brain damage and mental retardation. ESSENTIAL FATTY ACIDS Omega-3 fatty acids The brain is one of the organs with the highest level of lipids (fats). Brain lipids, composed of fatty acids, are structural constituents of membranes. It has been estimated that gray matter contains 50% fatty acids that are polyunsaturated in nature (about 33% belong to the omega-3 family), and hence are supplied through diet. In one of the first experimental demonstrations of the effect of dietary substances (nutrients) on the structure and function of the brain, the omega-3 fatty acids (specially alpha-linolenic acid, ALA) were the member to take part. An important trend has been observed from the findings of some recent studies that lowering plasma cholesterol by diet and medications increases depression. Among the significant factors involved are the quantity and ratio of omega-6 and omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) that affect serum lipids and alter the biochemical and biophysical properties of cell membranes. It has been hypothesized that sufficient long chain PUFAs, especially DHA, may decrease the development of depression.[37] The structural and functional components of membrane in cells of brain which is a lipid-rich organ, include polar phospholipids, spingolipids, and cholesterol. The glycerophospholipids in brain consist of high proportion of PUFA derived from the essential fatty acids (EFAs), linoleic acid and α-linolenic acid. The main PUFA in the brain are DHA, derived from the omega-3 fatty acid α-linolenic acid, arachidonic acid (AA) and docosa tetraenoic acid, both derived from omega-6 fatty acid linoleic acid. Experimental studies have revealed that diets lacking omega-3 PUFA lead to considerable disturbance in neural function.[38] Studies by Marszalek and Lodish indicate that despite their abundance in the nervous system, DHA and AA cannot be synthesized by mammals de novo and hence they or their precursors have to be supplied through the diet and transported to the brain. During late gestation and the early postnatal period, neurodevelopment occurs at significantly rapid rates which make the supply of adequate quantity of PUFAs, particularly DHA, imperative to ensure neurite outgrowth in addition to appropriate development of brain and retina.[39] Bruinsma and Taren of University of Arizona College of Public Health, Tucson, USA explored the involvement of dieting-related psychological factors as potential confounders.[40] They discussed studies that have both supported and contested the proposition that lowering plasma cholesterol by diet and medications contributes to depression. Research findings point out that an imbalance in the ratio of the EFAs, namely the omega-6 and omega-3 fatty acids, and/or a deficiency in omega-3 fatty acids, may be responsible for the heightened depressive symptoms associated with low plasma cholesterol. These relationships may explain the inconsistency in the results of trials on cholesterol-lowering interventions and depression. On similar lines, dieting behaviors have been associated with alterations in moods.[41] Dietary omega-3 fatty acids play a role in the prevention of some disorders including depression. Their deficiency can accelerate cerebral aging by preventing the renewal of membranes. However, the respective roles of the vascular component on one hand (where the omega-3s are active) and the cerebral parenchyma itself on the other, have not yet been clearly resolved. The role of omega–3 in certain diseases such as dyslexia and autism is suggested. It was omega–3 fatty acids that participated in the first coherent experimental demonstration of the effect of dietary substances (nutrients) on the structure and function of the brain. Experiments were first of all carried out on x-vivo cultured brain cells (1), then on in vivo brain cells (2), finally on physicochemical, biochemical, physiological, neurosensory, and behavioral parameters (3). These findings indicated that the nature of polyunsaturated fatty acids (in particular omega–3) present in formula milks for infants (both premature and term) determines the visual, cerebral, and intellectual abilities.[16] VITAMINS B-complex vitamins Nutrition and depression are intricately and undeniably linked, as suggested by the mounting evidence by researchers in neuropsychiatry. According to a study reported in Neuropsychobiology,[42] supplementation of nine vitamins, 10 times in excess of normal recommended dietary allowance (RDA) for 1 year improved mood in both men and women. The interesting part was that these changes in mood after a year occurred even though the blood status of nine vitamins reached a plateau after 3 months. This mood improvement was particularly associated with improved vitamin B2 and B6 status. In women, baseline vitamin B1 status was linked with poor mood and an improvement in the same after 3 months was associated with improved mood. Thiamine is known to modulate cognitive performance particularly in the geriatric population.[43] Vitamin B12 (Cynocobalamin) Clinical trials have indicated that Vitamin B12 delays the onset of signs of dementia (and blood abnormalities), if it is administered in a precise clinical timing window, before the onset of the first symptoms. Supplementation with cobalamin enhances cerebral and cognitive functions in the elderly; it frequently promotes the functioning of factors related to the frontal lobe, in addition to the language function of people with cognitive disorders. Adolescents who have a borderline level of vitamin B12 deficiency develop signs of cognitive changes.[43] Folate It has been observed that patients with depression have blood folate levels, which are, on an average, 25% lower than healthy controls.[44] Low levels of folate have also been identified as a strong predisposing factor of poor outcome with antidepressant therapy. A controlled study has been reported to have shown that 500 mcg of folic acid enhanced the effectiveness of antidepressant medication.[45] Folate's critical role in brain metabolic pathways has been well recognized by various researchers who have noted that depressive symptoms are the most common neuropsychiatric manifestation of folate deficiency.[46] It is not clear yet whether poor nutrition, as a symptom of depression, causes folate deficiency or primary folate deficiency produces depression and its symptoms. MINERALS Calcium A recent study showed that selective serotonin uptake inhibitors (SSRIs) inhibit absorption of calcium into bones. In addition to this, the SSRIs can also lower blood pressure in people, resulting in falls which may lead to broken bones. Indiscriminate prescription of SSRIs by doctors and ingestion by patients at risk of depression or other mental health problems may put them at increased risk of fractures. Compounded by the fact that they may be aging and already taking other medications, may also predispose them to osteoporosis.[47] Chromium Many studies on the association of chromium in humans depression have been recorded[4849] which indicate the significance of this micronutrient in mental health. Iodine Iodine plays an important role in mental health. The iodine provided by the thyroid hormone ensures the energy metabolism of the cerebral cells. During pregnancy, the dietary reduction of iodine induces severe cerebral dysfunction, eventually leading to cretinism. Iron Iron is necessary for oxygenation and to produce energy in the cerebral parenchyma (through cytochrome oxidase), and for the synthesis of neurotransmitters and myelin. Iron deficiency is found in children with attention-deficit/hyperactivity Iron in the are critical during the development of the and in with the in the with its associated deficiency is associated with disturbance in the development of cognitive Research findings out that as many as men are This in and more with of more depression than during other times in their These indicate the of in the of depression since its deficiency is known to cause and depression. Iron deficiency is for instance, with depression, and rapid a was first and by in while an of the mineral The role of has been well known in a into its its for bipolar disorder with and The therapeutic use of also its as an in depression, disorder, disorder, eating disorders, and in certain of adequate has to be taken while the mood in the can be used in patients with and The use of during and in and geriatric population needs observation about its In a of the of identified at studies, which indicate that low intake is associated with mood studies with with other populations that mood and in the of studies have shown that levels are lower in those with clinical intervention research that can influence the effectiveness of antidepressant also the brain cells the potential damage by studies have revealed the potential of the for physical development and mental development may be due to deficiency of When children and with poor nutritional status are to alterations of mental and behavioral they can be by dietary but to certain It has been observed that, of diet and meal pattern can have or immediate or effects. Dietary deficiencies of and nutrients vitamins, and such as during aging may precipitate brain which may be due to for of diet and depression which is a of to a factor that is often linked to increased and premature of aging may play an important role in this, by reducing food intake or reducing food intake in to such factors as in and poor use of prescription drugs, and and occurring in the in both and due to to They suggest changes associated with mental disorders such as dementia and depression, and and as to the of depression, people are the alternative and complementary are by the for and as a of and health and that are not currently to be a part of health need to be aware that it is likely that a of their patients with bipolar disorder might use these interventions to be and safe or to research in and brain indicates the of pathways that can provide a of the association between nutritional nervous system, and function an psychological health status. These findings may lead to of the therapeutic of dietary intervention health and health depression and other psychological disorders.

Indian Journal of Psychiatry · editorial or comment · 409 citationsread the source →

Atypical Antipsychotics: CATIE Study, Drug-Induced Movement Disorder and Resulting Iatrogenic Psychiatric-Like Symptoms, Supersensitivity Rebound Psychosis and Withdrawal Discontinuation Syndromes

Chronic illness can result in chronicity of clinical practice. As we have moved away from prescribing classical antipsychotics and tricyclic antidepressants, issues remain with the use of atypical antipsychotics and second-generation antidepressants that need to be addressed, namely, iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes and supersensitivity psychiatric symptoms. An optimal maintenance drug treatment consists of regular attempts to reduce the dose by finding a minimal therapeutic dose, regularly asking the question of when to reduce or withdraw treatment and for which patients, and moreover, why it is difficult to decrease a given drug treatment. Recently, Falloon [1] proposed that maintenance pharmacotherapy in schizophrenia will depend on finally finding minimally effective doses through ‘extensive training in stress management’. In the long-term treatment of major depression, Fava [2] has hypothesized that antidepressants can aggravate the course of depressive illness. Lambert [3] recently suggested that ‘antipsychotic-switching syndromes’, which include discontinuation syndromes, are a ‘major barrier’ to adjusting antipsychotic treatment. In this paper, we propose that to achieve optimal maintenance treatment with antipsychotics, and to reduce or withdraw antipsychotics effectively, we must distinguish syndromes associated with discontinuing antipsychotics, such as supersensitivity psychosis, from true relapse. While the prevalence and incidence of drug-induced movement disorder(s) (DIMD) has continuously decreased with atypical antipsychotics, DIMD persist as do psychiatric and psychiatric-like symptoms associated with DIMD, and these must also be identified and evaluated. Persistent DIMD have been found to be a predictor of the later emergence of tardive dyskinesia (TD) and supersensitivity psychosis [4]. At present, we need to determine the relative risk of iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes, DIMD and DIMD psychiatric symptoms resulting from atypical antipsychotics. Although atypical antipsychotics are now most commonly prescribed, a debate has emerged on the differences between classical and atypical antipsychotics following the results of the Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) study [5]. The question that comes to the forefront is why recent studies are no longer finding well-established differences between these two generations in terms of efficacy and DIMD. Reasons to explain why recent schizophrenia studies have found reduced drug and placebo differences were examined at the International Society for CNS Clinical Trials and Methodology Annual Mid-Year Conference [6]. While the fact must be considered that patients included in recent studies have less severe illness with symptoms that are better controlled than in past studies (likely due to earlier treatment), the issue that psychiatric symptoms specific to schizophrenia are not being adequately measured nor differentiated from psychiatric and psychiatric-like symptoms associated with DIMD is crucial to answering this question. For example, it is hard to believe that in a recent review of psychomotor slowing in schizophrenia, the authors, when evaluating its effect on measurement and treatment research to improve cognition in schizophrenia (MATRICS), nearly completely ignored the influence of akinesia and DIMD on neuropsychological tests in schizophrenia and the importance of accurate DIMD measurements [7]. As we pursue this ongoing discussion, we recommend the discontinuation of all classical antipsychotics due to their neurotoxic association with a high prevalence of DIMD and increases in basal ganglia volumes [8], and now address how to prescribe atypical antipsychotics most effectively, by taking into account DIMD-associated psychiatric symptoms and iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes. The first widely prescribed atypical antipsychotic, risperidone, was first approved in Canada in 1993 following the publication of the Canadian Multicenter Risperidone Study, which reported clear advantages of risperidone over haloperidol and the placebo, and significantly less appearance of DIMD with risperidone than haloperidol [9]. DIMD includes the 4 types of movement disorders induced by antipsychotics: parkinsonism, dystonia, dyskinesia and akathisia [10]. These findings were confirmed by the American Risperidone Study [11] and several other studies reporting greater efficacy of risperidone over classical antipsychotics in terms of cost-efficiency [12] and the clinical management of patients with schizophrenia [13,14,15,16,17]. However, the CATIE study [5] challenged these results. The CATIE study found that of the 4 atypical antipsychotics studied, olanzapine was the only atypical to be more efficacious than the classical antipsychotic perphenazine, and to be highly superior to risperidone for discontinuation of treatment, due to lack of efficacy [5]. Olanzapine is known to produce less DIMD compared to risperidone, therefore one would expect psychiatric symptoms caused by DIMD to be less frequent with olanzapine than risperidone. The expected higher rate of DIMD-induced emergent psychiatric symptoms associated with risperidone would explain the CATIE results, showing risperidone to be significantly less efficacious than olanzapine [5], despite risperidone being known to be at least as efficacious as olanzapine for true schizophrenic symptoms. Furthermore, the rating scales used to measure DIMD did not find the well-established differences between the 5 antipsychotics for DIMD rates [5]. Thus, we propose that DIMD and DIMD-induced psychiatric symptoms were confounded with true schizophrenic symptoms in the CATIE study. DIMD-associated psychiatric symptoms could be classified into 3 types: (1) emergent psychiatric symptoms caused by DIMD, such as akinesia inducing depression, akathisia inducing anxiety; (2) iatrogenic psychiatric-like symptoms resulting from confounding DIMD with psychiatric symptoms, such as akinesia confounded with psychomotor retardation, akathisia with agitation; (3) supersensitivity psychosis symptoms associated with DIMD. In the CATIE study, quetiapine (mean dose = 543.4 mg/day), which shares a low rate of DIMD with olanzapine, was also found to be significantly less efficacious compared to olanzapine, but in contrast to risperidone, this lack of efficacy could be due to psychiatric symptoms related to supersensitivity psychosis explained by quetiapine’s loose binding properties at the D2 receptor [18]. Patients taking quetiapine had a completion rate of 18% out of 329 patients, whereas in our 3-year prospective study of quetiapine monotherapy with a lower mean dose of 487 mg/day (thus less likely to develop therapeutic tolerance), the completion rate was 21.7% out of 23 patients; 6 of 7 patients who relapsed, after a minimum 3 months of stabilized quetiapine treatment, met the criteria for supersensitivity psychosis [19]. Without distinguishing these DIMD-associated psychiatric symptoms from symptoms due to the original illness, the major impact of atypical antipsychotics is on the reduction of DIMD and TD [10, 20,] and their beneficial effects on psychosis are masked by DIMD emergent psychiatric symptoms, including supersensitivity psychosis. We will review 4 multicenter trials, which include a total of 14,497 patients, to illustrate how psychiatric and schizophrenic symptoms are confounded with DIMD-associated psychiatric symptoms.TD epidemiology has changed significantly since the introduction of atypical antipsychotics, with a constant decline in its prevalence [10]. TD, classified as a DIMD, is a hyperkinetic, involuntary and purposeless movement disorder [10, 20]. Considered as the most significant side effect of classical antipsychotics, TD has been associated with antipsychotics and gastrointestinal neuroleptics, and usually occurs after several years of treatment. Persistent TD can also occur after short-term exposure to classical antipsychotics and gastrointestinal neuroleptics even at low doses and for as few as 2 months [8,21,22,23], while reversible and withdrawal dyskinesias share properties with levodopa-induced dyskinesia [24]. We conducted several epidemiological studies of TD [4,25,26,27] and in 1975, using the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) psychopharmacology criteria, we found a 31% prevalence of TD in 261 outpatients with schizophrenia [25]. We also evaluated these patients according to the Schooler and Kane research diagnostic criteria and found a 22% prevalence of TD. This variability of findings related to defining criteria complicates comparisons across studies [10]. In a 5-year follow-up study of 169 of the same patients [4, 25], 45% met the research diagnostic criteria for TD. In 1975, 131 of the 261 patients did not meet the research diagnostic for TD, and in 1980 treatment-emergent TD was found in 46 of the patients who did not have it in 1975, for a 5-year cumulative incidence rate of 35% and a mean annual incidence rate of 8.4%. When corrected for remissions, the mean annual incidence rate decreased to 2.9%. This incidence rate, which includes both patients who developed and remitted from TD over time, is similar to results found by other studies during the same time period [28, 29]. The cumulative incidence of treatment-emergent TD in the study by Kane et al. [29] was 12% after 4 years and 40% after 8 years of neuroleptic exposure, which is similar to our finding of an annual incidence rate (corrected for remissions) of 3% for classical antipsychotics. In a study carried out in 130 lithium-treated affective disorder patients previously, but less, exposed to antipsychotics, we found a TD prevalence of 9.2% [26], which was a quarter of the incidence reported in our previous studies on patients with schizophrenia who had greater exposure to antipsychotics. In this time period of classical antipsychotics, 2 meta-analyses (including mostly patients with schizophrenia) reported mean TD prevalences of 23% [30] and 20% [31]. In view of the fact that 58% of patients treated with classical antipsychotics will develop treatment-emergent TD after 10–15 years of treatment [4], and the known beneficial neuroprotective effects of atypical antipsychotics on TD [32] and on increased basal ganglia volumes induced by classical antipsychotics [8], we recommend the discontinuation of all classical antipsychotics due to their neurotoxic effects. In the time period of both classical and atypical antipsychotics, the following multicenter studies (n = 3,753) evaluated the incidence and prevalence of TD, using the same definitions, Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale [20] and training videotapes as in the previous time period. In the first study, an annual TD incidence of 0.68% was reported prospectively in 725 patients with schizophrenia, treated with the long-acting injectable atypical antipsychotic risperidone [27, 33]. Treatment-emergent TD was found in 12 of 587 patients without dyskinesia at the baseline [33]; however, expert case assessment determined 7 cases (1.19%) of withdrawal dyskinesia (3 cases resolved, 4 cases unchanged), 1 case (0.17%) of reversible dyskinesia and 4 cases (0.68%) of persistent treatment-emergent TD. Of the patients with baseline dyskinesia, 28.4% improved, no longer met TD criteria and maintained this response [33]. This annual treatment-emergent TD incidence of 0.68% with atypical antipsychotics is only 22% of the annual incidence of 3% reported with classical antipsychotics [4]. In the second study, the Schizophrenia International Suicide Prevention Trial (67 centers in 11 countries) [34], 980 patients with schizophrenia, or schizoaffective disorders, taking an atypical alone (25.6%), a classical alone (31.5%) or both a classical and an atypical antipsychotic (42.9%) were included from March 19, 1998, to February 14, 1999, and TD was found at the baseline in 115 (12%) patients [27, 35]. Thus, after 10 years in the time period of both classical and atypical antipsychotics, the overall prevalence of TD decreased by at least twofold compared to our previous 1979–1988 studies with classical antipsychotics [4, 25], using the same definitions, Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale and training videotapes. In the third study (baseline data from three Ris-Consta multicenter studies) [27, 36] carried out 1 year later, 2,048 patients were included from March 21, 1999, to December 15, 2000, and TD was found at the baseline in 209 patients (10.2%), using the same methodology. This study showed a further decrease in the prevalence of TD after an additional year of atypical use. This changing epidemiology of TD with atypical antipsychotics is confirmed by Correll et al. [37] in a systematic review of 1-year prospective studies with atypical antipsychotics, and by Jeste et al. [38] in a 1-year study of elderly patients treated with risperidone. In conclusion, following the introduction of atypical antipsychotics, the prevalence and incidence of TD have significantly decreased. However, the risk for TD still exists with both atypical and classical antipsychotics, and there is a need for continued surveillance of emerging cases of TD in patients taking antipsychotics [39], especially as the current debate continues on the differences in efficacy between these two generations of antipsychotics following results from studies such as the CATIE [5, 39]. Furthermore, Kane [39] has pointed out that newly trained clinicians using mostly atypical antipsychotics may not have had the same exposure to TD as previously trained clinicians.A high prevalence of all 4 types of DIMD (parkinsonism, dystonia, dyskinesia and akathisia) remains. In the Schizophrenia International Suicide Prevention Trial (n = 980), a prevalence of 57.5% of DIMD (n = 551 patients) was found [27, 35]. In the Ris-Consta studies (n = 2,048) [27, 36], 970 patients (47.4%) had DIMD at the baseline, which consisted of 778 patients with parkinsonism (38.0%), 285 patients with akathisia (14%) and 209 patients with TD (10.2%). Thus, nearly 1 patient out of 2 had a definite DIMD in this time period of classical and atypical antipsychotics. In addition, DIMD have been consistently associated with significant psychiatric symptoms as measured by the positive and negative syndrome scale (PANSS) [40, 41]. In the InterSept study (n = 980), which included patients with schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder who were at risk of suicide, suicidality was associated at baseline with DIMD, parkinsonism, TD and akathisia, and depression was associated with TD and akathisia [27, 35]. Based on these results, we recommend routinely assessing DIMD in patients with schizophrenia with suicidal and depressive symptoms. In the Ris-Consta studies (n = 2,048), baseline DIMD were also significantly associated with the PANSS total score, positive, negative and anxiety/depression symptoms [27, 36]. Greater anxiety and depression were seen in patients with severer DIMD, akathisia and parkinsonism. Higher PANSS negative symptom rating was associated with parkinsonism and higher PANSS total scores were associated with akathisia. In this time period, these last two studies (n = 3,028) show that DIMD persists with atypical antipsychotics, and that patients with DIMD have significantly higher PANSS scores compared to patients without DIMD.These results are in agreement with findings from 2 other multicenter studies: the American CATIE study [5] and the European Schizophrenia Outpatient Health Outcomes (SOHO) study [42]. In the CATIE baseline data, patients with TD (n = 212) were found to have significantly more psychopathology than patients without TD (n = 1,098) as measured by the PANSS total score and PANSS general psychopathology subscale [43]. In the 3-year prospective SOHO study, emergent cases of TD were associated with greater overall psychopathology. An increase in clinical global impression overall symptom severity was longitudinally associated with cases of TD in patients without TD at the baseline (n = The SOHO and the CATIE studies have also examined other for TD. the CATIE and SOHO studies found that other DIMD were associated with TD the CATIE study showed that patients with TD had more parkinsonism akathisia while the SOHO study found that baseline symptoms TD our findings in a prospective study of TD [4]. In to reporting that the incidence of TD was lower in patients taking atypical compared to classical antipsychotics after 6 months the SOHO study showed that the incidence of TD was associated with the incidence of of drug-induced in is crucial to that there is a of DIMD with atypical antipsychotics, which are not and confounded with psychiatric symptoms rating scales used routinely in clinical to DIMD do not DIMD from psychiatric symptoms from the 4 multicenter (n = 14,497 patients) into this the CATIE the [27, the Ris-Consta [27, 36] and the SOHO studies have all confirmed the association of DIMD with psychiatric symptoms. most of the studies included in this measure psychiatric symptoms according to the we propose the following of PANSS psychiatric symptoms associated with emergent psychiatric symptoms caused by DIMD, such as depression and suicidality example, akinesia is known to produce depression, psychomotor and suicidal while akathisia psychomotor and suicidal and TD is also associated with suicidal iatrogenic psychiatric-like symptoms resulting from confounding and DIMD with psychiatric symptoms, such as confounding and with and retardation, akathisia with anxiety and and and dyskinesias with and schizophrenic psychiatric schizophrenic symptoms associated with DIMD caused by supersensitivity psychosis, which we are now to first reported drug-induced associated with TD a in and increased receptor after long-term treatment with classical antipsychotics, and we this supersensitivity psychosis. We that TD and supersensitivity psychosis with the decrease or withdrawal of an antipsychotic, given risk not and at the same The debate continues on how to most withdraw antipsychotic [1] and and psychiatric syndromes associated with types of syndromes have been with the discontinuation of (1) withdrawal syndromes and major (2) syndromes anxiety and which have been reported with and (3) supersensitivity syndromes such as TD and supersensitivity psychosis These discontinuation syndromes all produce psychiatric symptoms that can be confounded with true of the original illness. In a recent review of the on psychosis the importance of between antipsychotic withdrawal effects related to the course of the original illness and drug-induced effects such as supersensitivity psychosis. due to the discontinuation of a drug can be differentiated from the course of original illness and more long-term maintenance treatment could be reduced and in patients The long-term maintenance with second-generation antidepressants and of a major depressive disorder is of the in and during long-term maintenance treatment. The has also recently been to produce a persistent disorder following withdrawal to be related to supersensitivity When discontinuing antipsychotics and antidepressants, the of supersensitivity syndromes and other iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes must be to high doses or of outpatients and with schizophrenia treated with a classical antipsychotic treatment also included 1 but no antidepressants, no and no showed a prevalence of 22% for supersensitivity psychosis The prevalence of TD using Schooler and Kane criteria, was that found for supersensitivity psychosis. cases of supersensitivity psychosis increased the prevalence of supersensitivity psychosis to psychosis was associated with a higher maintenance dose of classical antipsychotics, high and schizophrenia with a The higher antipsychotic dose and higher associated with supersensitivity psychosis to the of supersensitivity and these results that lower doses of antipsychotics could the appearance of supersensitivity psychosis. In this study, there was no found between TD and supersensitivity psychosis, due to TD being associated with schizophrenia and supersensitivity psychosis with higher antipsychotic dose was not to be a risk for TD, whereas increased was associated with TD but not associated with supersensitivity psychosis. is that most patients in this study were treated with which has a high for the D2 which could to both a high incidence of supersensitivity psychosis and DIMD as the drug is known to produce a high incidence of symptoms psychosis, in its masked and withdrawal is known to occur 6 following the decrease or withdrawal of an antipsychotic or 3 months for a long-acting injectable We have proposed that TD and supersensitivity psychosis can result from the of in the caused by following in D2 with high for The of supersensitivity psychosis and TD share can both occur after long-term use of antipsychotics and can and difficult to with of the antipsychotic stress both TD and supersensitivity psychosis and both can be by and by and TD was to be the predictor of supersensitivity psychosis in our and follow-up study of supersensitivity psychosis [4, TD and supersensitivity psychosis may or may not occur in the same time but TD is associated with supersensitivity psychosis when it occurs during withdrawal of antipsychotics These two supersensitivity syndromes have been difficult to study due to the fact that antipsychotics can their appearance further with supersensitivity psychosis is that symptoms the original illness and true however, supersensitivity psychosis can be as it more after of the antipsychotic than true occurs with high doses of antipsychotics and not with antipsychotic treatment and therapeutic to antipsychotic treatment after drug response time, as therapeutic there is further of supersensitivity and further syndromes, TD, can (1) or (2) persistent or (3) reversible or symptoms can persist for several months or years and can still be reversible or When persistent and supersensitivity symptoms symptoms, being severer than the original symptoms, but these supersensitivity symptoms persist in contrast to symptoms and may include symptoms atypical antipsychotics, it has been proposed that supersensitivity psychosis occurs more with antipsychotics with from the D2 receptor The 2 atypical antipsychotics most associated with supersensitivity psychosis are quetiapine and which both have loose binding properties at the D2 receptor An additional which and severe in the withdrawal of is its effect as an receptor Thus, for the withdrawal would be by the receptor following of at this drug in the of the a and psychosis results cases of supersensitivity psychosis have also been reported with olanzapine psychosis was found to be associated with quetiapine in our 3-year study of quetiapine in 23 outpatients with schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder who had previously been treated with classical antipsychotics risperidone, and had symptoms and of side effects [19]. As in our of the CATIE study, 7 patients after a minimum of 3 months of stabilized treatment and 6 of these patients met the criteria for supersensitivity psychosis [19]. the 11 of patients with baseline TD relapsed, the that TD to supersensitivity psychosis and have been to be efficacious in of patients with supersensitivity psychosis We also recommend the use of in supersensitivity and anxiety disorder induced by the discontinuation of the An can be used in with an antipsychotic or an in to more decrease or withdraw these and find the minimal therapeutic dose for patients who still need long-term treatment. a minimal therapeutic dose with an has an additional for a drug olanzapine, as the dose will significant side In in the of Mental Health psychiatric 35% of patients with a of schizophrenia and For severe cases of schizophrenia, the use of or is in to drug to antipsychotic While is less than or it is superior to for anxiety and the of optimal minimal maintenance drug treatment. proposed the beneficial results of treatment in schizophrenia is their effect We have also related their beneficial effects to an of a We recommend treatment as a first for from treatment, can also be prescribed as with as it has a In a and that and had than other in addition, emerging that may improve DIMD has also been to be effective as an to antipsychotic monotherapy in patients with schizophrenia who treatment We that of cases of schizophrenia can be related to supersensitivity psychosis. In patients for maintenance treatment is a minimal therapeutic dose can be with the use of an that will patients from antipsychotic or conclusion, DIMD-induced psychiatric symptoms and supersensitivity syndromes will to to results such as found in the CATIE study which show that olanzapine is the only atypical antipsychotic more efficacious than a classical The proposed for psychiatric and psychiatric-like symptoms associated with DIMD may to the of all classical antipsychotics and the use of higher doses and longer than of atypical antipsychotics. research is in to develop to distinguish between true and iatrogenic discontinuation syndromes and to to more withdraw antipsychotics and antidepressants by and supersensitivity syndromes, for the antipsychotics and quetiapine and for the may to further of DIMD, TD and supersensitivity psychosis as we to more differences in the of As most of antipsychotics and second-generation antidepressants are not routinely or for more differences in drug will also to prescribe minimal therapeutic doses of antipsychotics and antidepressants for greater efficacy and better in the maintenance has and the last 3 years from and

Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics · editorial or comment · 168 citationsread the source →

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DEPRESSION: DO WE HAVE ANY SOLID EVIDENCE OF INTEREST TO CLINICIANS?

Major depressive disorder (MDD) is a common and costly disorder which is usually associated with severe and persistent symptoms leading to important social role impairment and increased mortality 1,2. It is one of the most important causes of disability worldwide 3. The high rate of inadequate treatment of the disorder remains a serious concern 1. This review is aimed at summarizing the solid evidence on the etiology and pathophysiology of MDD that is likely relevant for clinical psychiatry. Neurobiological findings are regarded as solid when they are consistent and convergent, i.e., they have been confirmed by several studies using the same method and fit into results from studies using different methodological approaches. Family, twin, and adoption studies provide very solid and consistent evidence that MDD is a familial disorder and that this familiality is mostly or entirely due to genetic factors 4. This important finding suggests that parental social behavior and other familial environmental risk factors are not as important in the pathogenesis of MDD as previously assumed and should not be the major focus of the treatment of the disorder. The above-mentioned studies consistently show that the influence of genetic factors is around 30–40% 4. Non-genetic factors, explaining the remaining 60–70% of the variance in susceptibility to MDD, are individual-specific environmental effects (including measurement error effects and gene-environment interactions). These effects are mostly adverse events in childhood and ongoing or recent stress due to interpersonal adversities, including childhood sexual abuse, other lifetime trauma, low social support, marital problems, and divorce 5,6. These results suggest that there is a huge potential in the prevention of MDD by means of psychosocial interventions (e.g., in schools, at workplace). In addition, these results mirror the clinical practice of empirically validated psychotherapies to treat depression 7,8,9, including interpersonal, psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral psychotherapies and cognitive behavioural analysis system of psychotherapy, which all focus directly or indirectly on interpersonal difficulties and skills. This does not exclude the fact that unidentified non-genetic, non-psychosocial risk factors may also play important roles in some patients (e.g., climatic change, medical conditions). Stress sensitivity in depression is partly gender-specific. While men and women are, in general, equally sensitive to the depressogenic effects of stressful life events, their responses vary depending upon the type of stressor. Specifically, men are more likely to have depressive episodes following divorce, separation, and work difficulties, whereas women are more sensitive to events in their proximal social network, such as difficulty getting along with an individual, serious illness, or death 10. These findings point to the importance of gender-sensitive psychosocial approaches in the prevention and treatment of MDD. In contrast to the very solid evidence from epidemiological studies on broad risk factor domains, there is no solid evidence for specific genes and specific gene-by-environment interactions in the pathogenesis of MDD. Genome-wide association studies have indicated that many genes with small effects are involved in complex diseases, increasing the difficulty in identifying such genes 11. While there has been progress in the search for risk genes for several complex diseases despite this methodological problem 12, psychiatric conditions have turned out to be very resistant to robust gene identification. For example, based on a community-based prospective study, it has been proposed that a specific genetic variation in the promoter region of the serotonin transporter (a target of antidepressant drugs) interacts with stressful life events in the pathogenesis of depression 13. Although there is high clinical and neurobiological plausibility of this interaction, a recent meta-analysis yielded no evidence that the serotonin transporter gene alone or in interaction with psychological stress was associated with the risk of depression 14. The limited success of genetic studies of depression has been related to use of current classification schemas including ICD-10 and DSM-IV. These diagnostic manuals are based on clusters of symptoms and characteristics of clinical course that do not necessarily describe homogenous disorders but instead reflect common final pathways of different pathophysiolgical processes 15,16. The clinician should be aware that family history will continue to be the most solid source of information to estimate the genetic risk of MDD. Corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) is released from the hypothalamus in response to the perception of psychological stress by cortical brain regions. This hormone induces the secretion of pituitary corticotropin, which stimulates the adrenal gland to release cortisol into the plasma. The physiologic response to stress is partly gender-specific: women show generally greater stress responsiveness than men, which is consistent with the greater incidence of major depression in women 17. Moreover, men show greater cortisol responses to achievement challenges, whereas women show greater cortisol responses to social rejection challenges 18. Although MDD is considered as a stress disorder, most subjects treated for MDD have no evidence of dysfunctions of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis (HPA) 19. However, some subjects with MDD do show abnormalities of that axis and of the extrahypothalamic CRH system 20. Altered stress hormone secretion appeared to be most prominent in depressed subjects with a history of childhood trauma 21. Elevated cortisol may act as a mediator between major depression and its physical long-term consequences such as coronary heart disease, type II diabetes, and osteoporosis 22. The importance of HPA axis dysfunction for the efficacy of antidepressants is a matter of debate 23. This axis is regulated through a dual system of mineralocorticoid (MR) and glucocorticoid (GR) receptors. Decreased limbic GR receptor function 24,25 and increased functional activity of the MR system 26 suggest an imbalance in the MR/GR ratio in stress-related conditions such as MDD. Epigenetic regulation of the glucocorticoid receptors has been associated with childhood abuse 27. Such environmental programming of gene expression may represent one possible mechanism that links early life stress to abnormal HPA axis function and increased risk of MDD in adults. While the CRH stimulation test (dex/CRH test) 28 is a sensitive measure of the HPA axis dysfunction in depression, the specificity of this test for MDD is low. However, non-suppression in the dex/CRH test has consistently predicted increased risk for depressive relapse during clinical remission 23. Additionally, the measurement of waking salivary cortisol concentration has been shown to be a simple and sensitive test for HPA axis hyperactivity in depression 29. Hypercortisolemia is almost exclusively found in subjects with severe and psychotic depression, in whom glucocorticoid antagonists may have some therapeutic effect 30. There is convergent evidence for CRH to play a major role in the pathogenesis of certain types of depression. Levels of CRH in the cerebrospinal fluid are elevated in some depressed subjects 31. Post-mortem studies reported an increased number of CRH secreting neurons in limbic brain regions in depression 32, likely reflecting a compensatory response to increased CRH concentrations 33. In addition, CRH produces a number of physiological and behavioral alterations that resemble the symptoms of major depression, including decreased appetite, disrupted sleep, decreased libido, and psychomotor alterations 34. There is also preliminary evidence that CRH1 receptor antagonists reduce symptoms of depression and anxiety 35. “Sickness behavior” as a result of an activation of the inflammatory response system shares many symptoms with depression, including fatigue, anhedonia, psychomotor retardation, and cognitive impairment. Sickness is mediated by pro-inflammatory cytokines such as interleukin-1α, tumor necrosis factor-α, and interleukin-6, which activate the HPA axis and impair the central serotonin system 36. The prevalence of depression as an unwanted effect of recombinant interferons is around 30% 37. In animals, blocking pro-inflammatory cytokine-mediated signaling produces antidepressant-like effects 38. Clinical data suggest that cytokines may play a role in the pathophysiology of a subgroup of depressed subjects, particularly those with comorbid physical conditions 36. The antidepressant enhancing effect of acetylsalicylic acid 39 points to the possible clinical relevance of psychoneuroimmunology in clinical depression research. Taken together, the laboratory tests with the highest potential to be clinically useful in the care of depressed individuals are based on abnormalities of the neuroendocrine and neuroimmune systems. Despite the large amount of basic science data suggesting that the HPA axis is importantly involved in the pathophysiology of depression, the effect of pharmacological modulation of this neuroendocrine system as antidepressant therapy has been disappointing. The link between childhood trauma and a permanently altered physiologic stress system points to the use of specific psychotherapies in the treatment of depressed patients with a history of early life trauma 40. Most of the serotonergic, noradrenergic and dopaminergic neurons are located in midbrain and brainstem nuclei and project to large areas of the entire brain. This anatomy suggests that monoaminergic systems are involved in the regulation of a broad range of brain functions, including mood, attention, reward processing, sleep, appetite, and cognition. Almost every compound that inhibits monoamine reuptake, leading to an increased concentration of monoamines in the synaptic cleft, has been proven to be a clinically effective antidepressant 19. Inhibiting the enzyme monoamine oxidase, which induces an increased availability of monoamines in presynaptic neurons, also has antidepressant effects. These observations led to the pharmacologically most relevant theory of depression, referred to as the monoamine-deficiency hypothesis. The monoamine-deficiency theory posits that the underlying pathophysiological basis of depression is a depletion of the neurotransmitters serotonin, norepinephrine or dopamine in the central nervous system. Serotonin is the most extensively studied neurotransmitter in depression. The most direct evidence for an abnormally reduced function of central serotonergic system comes from studies using tryptophan depletion, which reduces central serotonin synthesis. Such a reduction leads to the development of depressive symptoms in subjects at increased risk of depression (subjects with MDD in full remission, healthy subjects with a family history of depression) 41,42, possibly mediated by increased brain metabolism in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex and subcortical brain regions 42. Experimentally reduced central serotonin has been associated with mood congruent memory bias, altered reward-related behaviors, and disruption of inhibitory affective processing 16, all of which add to the clinical plausibility of the serotonin deficiency hypothesis. There is also evidence for abnormalities of serotonin receptors in depression, with the most solid evidence pointing to the serotonin-1A receptor, which regulates serotonin function. Decreased availability of this receptor has been found in multiple brain areas of patients with MDD 43, although this abnormality is not highly specific for MDD and has been found in patients with panic disorder 44 and temporal lobe epilepsy 45, possibly contributing to the considerable comorbidity among these conditions. However, there is no explanation for the mechanism of serotonin loss in depressed patients, and studies of serotonin metabolites in plasma, urine and cerebrospinal fluid, as well as post-mortem research on the serotonergic system in depression, have yielded inconsistent results. There is preliminary evidence that an increased availability of the brain monoamine oxidase, which metabolizes serotonin, may cause serotonin deficiency 46. In addition, loss-of-function mutations in the gene coding for the brain-specific enzyme tryptophan hydroxylase-2 may explain the loss of serotonin production as a rare risk factor for depression 47. Dysfunction of the central noradrenergic system has been hypothesized to play a role in the pathophysiology of MDD, based upon evidence of decreased norepinephrine metabolism, increased activity of tyrosine hydroxylase, and decreased density of norepinephrine transporter in the locus coeruleus in depressed patients 48. In addition, decreased neuronal counts in the locus coeruleus, increased alpha-2 adrenergic receptor density, and decreased alpha-1 adrenergic receptor density have been found in the brains of depressed suicide victims post-mortem 49. Since there is no method to selectively deplete central norepinephrine and no imaging tool to study the central norepinephrine system, solid evidence for abnormalities of this system in depression is lacking. While the classical theories of the neurobiology of depression mainly focused on serotonin and norepinephrine, there is increasing interest in the role of dopamine 50. Dopamine reuptake inhibitors (e.g., nomifensine) and dopamine receptor agonists (e.g., pramipexole) had antidepressant effects in placebo-controlled studies of MDD 51. In the cerebrospinal fluid and jugular vein plasma, levels of dopamine metabolites were consistently reduced in depression, suggesting decreased dopamine turnover 52. Striatal dopamine transporter binding and dopamine uptake were reduced in MDD, consistent with a reduction in dopamine neurotransmission 53. Degeneration of dopamine projections to the striatum in Parkinson's disease was associated with a major depressive syndrome in about one half of cases, which usually preceded the appearance of motor signs 54. Experimentally reduced dopaminergic transmission into the accumbens has been associated with anhedonic symptoms and performance deficits on a reward processing task in subjects at increased risk of depression 55,56. These findings are consistent with the clinical observation that depressed patients have a blunted reaction to positive reinforcers and an abnormal response to negative feedback 57. Almost all established antidepressants target the monoamine systems 58. However, full and partial resistance to these drugs and their delayed onset of action suggest that dysfunctions of monoaminergic neurotransmitter systems found in MDD represent the downstream effects of other, more primary abnormalities. Despite this limitation, the monoamine-deficiency hypothesis has proved to be the most clinically relevant neurobiological theory of depression. New findings on the role of dopamine in depression emphasize the scientific potential of this theory, and promising reports of antidepressant effects of drugs that modulate the dopaminergic system (e.g., pramipexole, modafinil) in difficult-to-treat depression underline its clinical relevance 51,59. Although many historical attempts to localize mental functions have failed, they have considerably contributed to a modern neuroscientific understanding of mental disorders 60. The development of neuroimaging techniques has opened up the potential to investigate structural and functional abnormalities in living depressed patients. Unfortunately, the diversity of imaging techniques used, the relatively small and heterogeneous study samples studied, and the limited overlap of results across imaging paradigms 61 make it difficult to reliably identify neuronal regions or networks with consistently abnormal structure or function in MDD. Functional imaging studies have provided the most limited overlap of findings. This may be due to methodological limitations and/or the complexity of neurocircuitry involved in MDD. A recent meta-analytic study found the best evidence for abnormal brain activity in MDD in lateral frontal and temporal cortices, insula, and cerebellum. In these brain regions activity was decreased at rest, they showed a relative lack of activation during induction of negative emotions, and an increase in activity following treatment with serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Opposite changes may exist in ventromedial frontal areas, striatum and possibly other subcortical brain regions 61. More solid evidence has been provided by structural imaging and post-mortem studies. A recent meta-analytic study on brain volume abnormalities in MDD revealed relatively large volume reductions in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex, particularly in the left anterior cingulate and in the orbitofrontal cortex. Moderate volume reductions were found in the lateral prefrontal cortex, hippocampus and striatum 62. Post-mortem studies consistently identified a reduction in glia cell density in dorsal, orbital and subgenual prefrontal cortices, as well as in the amygdala 63,64. Overall, functional, structural and post-mortem studies suggest that structural and functional abnormalities in the left subgenual cingulate cortex are the most solid neuroanatomical finding in MDD. Volume reduction in this region was found early in illness and in young adults at high familial risk for MDD 65, suggesting a primary neurobiological abnormality associated with the etiology of the illness. Humans with lesions that include the subgenual prefrontal cortex showed abnormal autonomic responses to social stimuli 66, and rats with left-sided lesions in this region had increased sympathetic arousal and corticosterone responses to restraint stress 67. Most importantly, chronic deep brain stimulation to reduce the potentially elevated activity in the subgenual cingulated cortex produced clinical benefits in patients with treatment-resistant depression 68. In summary, despite the considerable heterogeneity of findings from neuroimaging studies, there is convergent evidence for the presence of abnormalities in the subgenual prefrontal cortex in some patients with MDD. Neuroanatomical research in depression is of great clinical interest, since novel antidepressant treatments such as deep brain stimulation can target specific brain regions. In addition, there are promising leads for neuroimaging findings to predict the likelihood of responses to specific treatments 69. Risk factors for depressive episodes change during the course of the illness. The first depressive episode is usually “reactive”, i.e., triggered by important psychosocial stressors, while subsequent episodes become increasingly “endogenous”, i.e., triggered by minor stressors or occurring spontaneously 70. There is consistent evidence that the volume loss of the hippocampus and other brain regions is related to the duration of depression 71, suggesting that untreated depression leads to hippocampal volume loss, possibly resulting in increased stress sensitivity 72 and increased risk of recurrence 73. Glucocorticoid neurotoxicity, glutamatergic toxicity, decreased neurotrophic factors, and decreased neurogenesis have been proposed as possible mechanisms explaining brain volume loss in depression. There is no solid evidence on of these since there are no imaging to directly and neurotrophic processes in neurotrophic factor has considerable Specifically, studies have shown between and in hippocampal as well as expression of following antidepressant treatment The clinician should be aware of the potentially effect of depression and treat depressed patients as early and as A of studies consistently showed reductions in acid concentrations in the prefrontal and cortex in depression This may reflect stress since psychological stress to presynaptic of prefrontal neurotransmission low concentration may reflect reduction in the density and of In addition, chronic stress may reduce receptor possibly through changes in evidence of the hypothesis of depression the lack of effects of drugs on depressive symptoms and prefrontal concentration in subjects with MDD of evidence suggest a dysfunction of the neurotransmitter system in a of the receptor produced and large antidepressant effects in patients with treatment-resistant MDD inhibitors of release (e.g., antidepressant abnormal levels were found in depressed subjects as by and there is evidence for abnormal signaling in post-mortem Since is the major neurotransmitter involved in almost every brain the of the specific role of in depression (e.g., there are promising leads that the receptor is involved in MDD and are diagnostic for MDD, suggesting regulation in depressed patients. In addition, some depressive symptoms may show psychomotor of of positive and negative and a subgroup of patients with MDD may have a disorder In healthy young subjects, changes in the of the had specific effects on subsequent mood In depressed patients, of can have antidepressant on these abnormalities have been hypothesized to be associated with MDD The association between of the and in cortisol in some subjects with and the effect of antidepressants on of and to the of this hypothesis Despite of the many promising the and genetic of this hypothesis are It remains to be antidepressant effects of such as directly to of on these abnormalities have been hypothesized to be associated with MDD The association between of the and in cortisol in some subjects with and the effect of antidepressants on of and to the of this hypothesis Despite of the many promising the and genetic of this hypothesis are It remains to be antidepressant effects of such as directly to of The and of the neurobiological of depression are in 1. The many theories of depression and the relatively low response rate of all antidepressant treatments a hypothesis of and suggest that depression is a clinically and heterogeneous disorder. This research on of the response to therapeutic interventions using such as neuroimaging and neuroendocrine tests in with for with to stress sensitivity and antidepressant The of of therapeutic will for the development of that has the potential to interventions and to up pathways in the of novel therapeutic approaches.

World Psychiatry · editorial or comment · 607 citationsread the source →

Glossary of Descriptive Terminology for Ictal Semiology: Report of the ILAE Task Force on Classification and Terminology

INTRODUCTION PRINCIPLES FOR TERMS AND DEFINITIONS DATA SOURCES I GENERAL TERMS 1.0 SEMIOLOGY 2.0 EPILEPTIC SEIZURE 3.0 ICTUS 4.0 EPILEPSY 5.0 FOCAL 6.0 GENERALIZED 7.0 CONVULSION II TERMS DESCRIBING EPILEPTIC SEIZURE SEMIOLOGY 1.0 MOTOR 1.1 ELEMENTARY MOTOR 1.1.1 TONIC 1.1.1.1 EPILEPTIC SPASM 1.1.1.2 POSTURAL 1.1.1.2.1 VERSIVE 1.1.1.2.2 DYSTONIC 1.1.2 MYOCLONIC 1.1.2.1 NEGATIVE MYOCLONIC 1.1.2.2 CLONIC 1.1.2.2.1 JACKSONIAN MARCH 1.1.3 TONIC-CLONIC 1.1.3.1 GENERALIZED TONIC-CLONIC SEIZURE 1.1.4 ATONIC 1.1.5 ASTATIC 1.1.6 SYNCHRONOUS 1.2 AUTOMATISM 1.2.1 OROALIMENTARY 1.2.2 MIMETIC 1.2.3 MANUAL OR PEDAL 1.2.4 GESTURAL 1.2.5 HYPERKINETIC 1.2.6 HYPOKINETIC 1.2.7 DYSPHASIC 1.2.8 DYSPRAXIC 1.2.9 GELASTIC 1.2.10 DACRYSTIC 1.2.11 VOCAL 1.2.12 VERBAL 1.2.13 SPONTANEOUS 1.2.14 INTERACTIVE 2.0 NON-MOTOR 2.1 AURA 2.2 SENSORY 2.2.1 ELEMENTARY 2.2.1.1 SOMATOSENSORY 2.2.1.2 VISUAL 2.2.1.3 AUDITORY 2.2.1.4 OLFACTORY 2.2.1.5 GUSTATORY 2.2.1.6 EPIGASTRIC 2.2.1.7 CEPHALIC 2.2.1.8 AUTONOMIC 2.2.2 EXPERIENTIAL 2.2.2.1 AFFECTIVE 2.2.2.2 MNEMONIC 2.2.2.3 HALLUCINATORY 2.2.2.4 ILLUSORY 2.3 DYSCOGNITIVE 3.0 AUTONOMIC EVENTS 3.1 AUTONOMIC AURA 3.2 AUTONOMIC SEIZURE 4.0 SOMATOTOPIC MODIFIERS 4.1 LATERALITY 4.1.1 UNILATERAL 4.1.1.1 HEMI- 4.1.2 GENERALIZED (syn. “bilateral”) 4.1.2.1 ASYMMETRICAL 4.1.2.2 SYMMETRICAL 4.2 BODY PART 4.3 CENTRICITY 4.3.1 AXIAL 4.3.2 PROXIMAL LIMB 4.3.3 DISTAL LIMB 5.0 MODIFIERS AND DESCRIPTORS OF SEIZURE TIMING 5.1 INCIDENCE 5.1.1 REGULAR, IRREGULAR 5.1.2 CLUSTER 5.1.3 PROVOCATIVE FACTOR 5.1.3.1 REACTIVE 5.1.3.2 REFLEX 5.2 STATE DEPENDENT 5.3 CATAMENIAL 6.0 DURATION 6.1 STATUS EPILEPTICUS 7.0 SEVERITY 8.0 PRODROME 9.0 POSTICTAL PHENOMENON 9.1 LATERALIZING (TODD'S (OR BRAVAIS') PHENOMENON 9.2 NON-LATERALIZING PHENOMENON 9.2.1 IMPAIRED COGNITION 9.2.1.1 ANTEROGRADE AMNESIA 9.2.1.2 RETROGRADE AMNESIA 9.2.2 PSYCHOSIS This glossary intends to provide a standard terminology for health care workers to communicate what is observed and what a patient reports during a seizure. As this terminology is descriptive and phenomenologic, its use would not imply or require knowledge of ictal pathophysiology, any pathological substrate, or etiology. Many terms are adjectives modifying “seizure,” which itself is defined under “general terms.” This pertains to seizures with single or multiple components. Terms in this glossary (e.g., “seizure,”“ictus,” which have widespread applicability in other fields of clinical neuroscience) are herein defined according to their references to epilepsy. Some terms of this glossary are “fundamental” (i.e., they encompass other more precise words). These can be used as the sole descriptor when data to characterize a phenomenon more precisely are not available. Such include aura, automatism, experiential, motor, and sensory. A seizure will often consist of two or more phenomena occurring simultaneously or sequentially and should be described accordingly. Quantitative terms, such as duration of motor events, are not intended as immutable confines, but as clarifying guides to describe clinically observed events. Scientific progress dictates an evolution of terms to retain their relevance. However, needs of communication in everyday life require that changes be gradual and evolutionary rather than abrupt and revolutionary. The use of synonyms in this glossary reflects incidents in which gradual changes are likely. Terminology in some areas remains unresolved. Therefore we view this glossary as a dynamic process for which feedback will be welcomed. In developing the “lexique” of this report, we adopted and applied the following principles. Terms and definitions should Contain features that distinguish or modify seizure entities. Be descriptive of the phenomena involved. Comply with terminology of clinical neuroscience. Use current terminology and definitions wherever possible. Contain new terms only if necessary. Be easily translatable to other languages. Be readily understood and used by potential users. That branch of linguistics concerned with signs and symptoms. Manifestation(s) of epileptic (excessive and/or hypersynchronous), usually self-limited activity of neurons in the brain. A sudden neurologic occurrence such as a stroke or an epileptic seizure. Epileptic Disorder: A chronic neurologic condition characterized by recurrent epileptic seizures. Epilepsies: Those conditions involving chronic recurrent epileptic seizures that can be considered epileptic disorders. A seizure whose initial semiology indicates, or is consistent with, initial activation of only part of one cerebral hemisphere. A seizure whose initial semiology indicates, or is consistent with, more than minimal involvement of both cerebral hemispheres. Primarily a lay term. Episodes of excessive, abnormal muscle contractions, usually bilateral, which may be sustained or interrupted. These are descriptors of seizures unless specified otherwise. Involves musculature in any form. The motor event could consist of an increase (positive) or decrease (negative) in muscle contraction to produce a movement. Unless noted, the following terms are adjectives modifying “motor seizure” or “seizure” (e.g., “tonic motor seizure or dystonic seizure”), and whose definitions can usually be understood as prefaced by “refers to …”. A single type of contraction of a muscle or group of muscles that is usually stereotyped and not decomposable into phases. (However, see tonic–clonic, an elementary motor sequence). A sustained increase in muscle contraction lasting a few seconds to minutes. Noun: A sudden flexion, extension, or mixed extension–flexion of predominantly proximal and truncal muscles that is usually more sustained than a myoclonic movement but not so sustained as a tonic seizure (i.e., ∼1 s). Limited forms may occur: grimacing, head nodding. Epileptic spasms frequently occur in clusters. Adoption of a posture that may be bilaterally symmetric or asymmetric (as in a “fencing posture”). A sustained, forced conjugate ocular, cephalic, and/or truncal rotation or lateral deviation from the midline. Sustained contractions of both agonist and antagonist muscles producing athetoid or twisting movements, which, when prolonged, may produce abnormal postures. Sudden, brief (<100 ms) involuntary single or multiple contraction(s) of muscles(s) or muscle groups of variable topography (axial, proximal limb, distal). Interruption of tonic muscular activity for <500 ms without evidence of preceding myoclonia. Myoclonus that is regularly repetitive, involves the same muscle groups, at a frequency of ∼2–3 c/s, and is prolonged. Synonym: rhythmic myoclonus. Noun: Traditional term indicating spread of clonic movements through contiguous body parts unilaterally. A sequence consisting of a tonic followed by a clonic phase. Variants such as clonic–tonic–clonic may be seen. Noun: Bilateral symmetric tonic contraction and then bilateral clonic contractions of somatic muscles, usually associated with autonomic phenomena. Sudden loss or diminution of muscle tone without apparent preceding myoclonic or tonic event lasting ≥1 to 2 s, involving head, trunk, jaw, or limb musculature. Loss of erect posture that results from an atonic, myoclonic, or tonic mechanism. Synonym: drop attack. Motor events occurring (not) at the same time or at the same rate in sets of body parts. Noun: A more or less coordinated, repetitive, motor activity usually occurring when cognition is impaired and for which the subject is usually amnesic afterward. This often resembles a voluntary movement and may consist of an inappropriate continuation of ongoing preictal motor activity. The following adjectives are usually employed to modify “automatism.” Lip smacking, lip pursing, chewing, licking, tooth grinding, or swallowing. Facial expression suggesting an emotional state, often fear. Indicates principally distal components, bilateral or unilateral. Fumbling, tapping, manipulating movements. Often unilateral. Fumbling or exploratory movements with the hand, directed toward self or environment. Movements resembling those intended to lend further emotional tone to speech. Involves predominantly proximal limb or axial muscles producing irregular sequential ballistic movements, such as pedaling, pelvic thrusting, thrashing, rocking movements. Increase in rate of ongoing movements or inappropriately rapid performance of a movement. A decrease in amplitude and/or rate or arrest of ongoing motor activity. Impaired communication involving language without dysfunction of relevant primary motor or sensory pathways, manifested as impaired comprehension, anomia, paraphasic errors, or a combination of these. Inability to perform learned movements spontaneously or on command or imitation despite intact relevant motor and sensory systems and adequate comprehension and cooperation. Bursts of laughter or giggling, usually without an appropriate affective tone. Bursts of crying. Single or repetitive utterances consisting of sounds such as grunts or shrieks. Single or repetitive utterances consisting of words, phrases, or brief sentences. Stereotyped, involve only self, virtually independent of environmental influences. Not stereotyped, involve more than self, environmentally influenced. Noun: A subjective ictal phenomenon that, in a given patient, may precede an observable seizure; if alone, constitutes a sensory seizure. A perceptual experience not caused by appropriate stimuli in the external world. Modifies “seizure” or “aura.” A single, unformed phenomenon involving one primary sensory modality (e.g., somatosensory, visual, auditory, olfactory, gustatory, epigastric, or cephalic). Tingling, numbness, electric-shock sensation, pain, sense of movement, or desire to move. Flashing or flickering lights, spots, simple patterns, scotomata, or amaurosis. Buzzing, drumming sounds or single tones. Odor, usually disagreeable. Taste sensations including acidic, bitter, salty, sweet, or metallic. Abdominal discomfort including nausea, emptiness, tightness, churning, butterflies, malaise, pain, and hunger; sensation may rise to chest or throat. Some phenomena may reflect ictal autonomic dysfunction. Sensation in the head such as light-headedness, tingling or headache. A sensation consistent with involvement of the autonomic nervous system, including cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, sudomotor, vasomotor, and thermoregulatory functions. (Thus “autonomic aura”; cf. “autonomic events” 3.0). Affective, mnemonic, or composite perceptual phenomena including illusory or composite hallucinatory events; these may appear alone or in combination. Included are feelings of depersonalization. These phenomena have subjective qualities similar to those experienced in life but are recognized by the subject as occurring outside of actual context. Components include fear, depression, joy, and (rarely) anger. Components that reflect ictal dysmnesia such as feelings of familiarity (déjà-vu) and unfamiliarity (jamais-vu). A creation of composite perceptions without corresponding external stimuli involving visual, auditory, somatosensory, olfactory, and/or gustatory phenomena. Example: “hearing” and “seeing” people talking. An alteration of actual percepts involving the visual, auditory, somatosensory, olfactory, or gustatory systems. The term describes events in which (1) disturbance of cognition is the predominant or most apparent feature, and (2a) two or more of the following components are involved, or (2b) involvement of such components remains undetermined. Otherwise, use the more specific term (e.g., “mnemonic experiential seizure” or “hallucinatory experiential seizure”). Components of cognition: perception: symbolic conception of sensory information attention: appropriate selection of a principal perception or task emotion: appropriate affective significance of a perception memory: ability to store and retrieve percepts or concepts executive function: anticipation, selection, monitoring of consequences, and initiation of motor activity including praxis, speech A sensation consistent with involvement of the autonomic nervous system, including cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, sudomotor, vasomotor, and thermoregulatory functions (see 2.2.1.8). An objectively documented and distinct alteration of autonomic nervous system function involving cardiovascular, pupillary, gastrointestinal, sudomotor, vasomotor, and thermoregularity functions. Exclusive or virtually exclusive involvement of one side as a motor, sensory, or autonomic phenomenon. A prefix to other descriptors (e.g., hemiclonic). More than minimal involvement of each side as a motor, elementary sensory, or autonomic phenomenon. Motor component: further modified as Clear distinction in quantity and/or distribution of behavior on the two sides. Virtual bilateral equality in these respects. Refers to area involved (i.e., arm, leg, face, trunk, and other). Modifier describes proximity to the body axis. Involves trunk, including neck. Signifies involvement from shoulders to wrist, hip to ankle. Indicates involvement of fingers, hands, toes, and/or feet. The following terms are listed in the form (adjective, noun, verb) according to principal usage; as adjective unless specified. Noun: Refers to the number of epileptic seizures within a time period or the number of seizure days per unit of time. Consistent (inconsistent) or predictable (unpredictable, chaotic) intervals between such events. Noun: Incidence of seizures within a given period (usually one or a few days) that exceeds the average incidence over a longer period for the patient. Verb: To vary in incidence as above. Noun: Transient and sporadic endogenous or exogenous element capable of augmenting seizure incidence in persons with chronic epilepsy and evoking seizures in susceptible individuals without epilepsy. Occurring in association with transient systemic perturbation such as intercurrent illness, sleep loss, or emotional stress. Objectively and consistently demonstrated to be evoked by a specific afferent stimulus or by activity of the patient. Afferent stimuli can be elementary[i.e., unstructured (light flashes, startle, a monotone)] or elaborate[i.e., structured, (a symphony)]. Activity may be elementary [e.g., motor (a movement)]; or elaborate [e.g., cognitive function (reading, chess playing)], or both (reading aloud). Occurring exclusively or primarily in the various stages of drowsiness, sleep, or arousal. Seizures occurring principally or exclusively in any one phase of the menstrual cycle. Time between the beginning of initial seizure manifestations, such as the aura, and the cessation of experienced or observed seizure activity. Does not include nonspecific seizure premonitions or postictal states. A seizure that shows no clinical signs of arresting after a duration encompassing the great majority of seizures of that type in most patients or recurrent seizures without interictal resumption of baseline central nervous system function. A multicomponent assessment of a seizure by observers and the patient. Components primarily of observer assessment include duration, extent of motor involvement, impairment of cognitive interaction with environment intraictally, maximal number of seizures per unit of time. Components primarily of patient assessment: extent of injury; emotional, social, and vocational consequences of the attack. A preictal phenomenon. A subjective or objective clinical alteration (e.g., ill-localized sensation or agitation) that heralds the onset of an epileptic seizure but does not form part of it. A transient clinical abnormality of central nervous system function that appears or becomes accentuated when clinical signs of the ictus have ended. Any unilateral postictal dysfunction relating to motor, language, sensory, and/or integrative functions including visual, auditory, or somatosensory neglect phenomena. Impaired cognition, amnesia, psychosis. Decreased cognitive performance involving one or more of perception, attention, emotion, memory, execution, praxis, speech (cf., Dyscognitive, 2.3). Impaired ability to remember new material. Impaired ability to recall previously remembered material. Misinterpretation of external world in an awake, alert person; involves thought disorder of emotion and socialization. Adams RD, Victor M. Principles of neurology. 5th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1993. Aicardi J. Epilepsy in children: International Review of Child Neurology series. New York: Raven Press, 1986, 1994. Benson DF. The neurology of thinking. New York: Oxford University Press, 1994: 224–5. Blume WT, Berkovic S, Dulac O. Search for a better classification of the epilepsies. In: Engel J Jr, Pedley TA, eds. Epilepsy: a comprehensive textbook. Vol 1. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven Publishers, 1997:779–89. Delgado-Escueta AV, Serratosa JM, Medina MT. Myoclonic seizures, and progressive myoclonus epilepsy syndromes. In: Wyllie E, ed. The treatment of epilepsy: principles and practice. 2nd ed. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins, 1996:467–83. Engel J Jr. Seizures and epilepsy. Philadelphia: F.A. Davis Company, 1989. Engel J Jr, Pedley TA. Epilepsy: a comprehensive textbook. Vol. 1–3. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven Publishers, 1997. Gastaut H, Broughton R. Epileptic seizures: clinical and electrographic features, diagnosis and treatment. Springfield, Ill: Charles C Thomas, 1972. Gloor P. Consciousness as a neurological concept in epileptology: a critical review. Epilepsia 1986;27(suppl 2):S14–26. Gloor P. The temporal lobe and limbic system. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997. Hopkins AP, Michael WF. Spinal myoclonus. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1974;37:1112–5. Luders H, Acharya J, Baumgartner C, et al. Semiological seizure classification. Epilepsia 1998;39:1006–13. Luders H, Acharya J, Baumgartner C, et al. A new seizure classification based exclusively on ictal semiology [Editorial]. Acta Neurol Scand 1999;99:137–41. Moscovitch M. Information processing and the cerebral hemispheres. In: Gazzaniga MS, ed. Handbook of behavioral neurobiology: neuropsychology. Vol 2. New York: Plenum, 1979:379–446. Penfield W, Jasper HH. Epilepsy and functional anatomy of the human brain. Boston: Little, Brown, to clinical Boston: Little, and Company, of ed. Philadelphia: & 1989. Epileptic In: Wyllie E, ed. The treatment of epilepsy: principles and practice. 2nd ed. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins, P. Epileptic seizures and syndromes. 1994. and impaired a clinical New York: McGraw-Hill, of Neurol ed. The Oxford ed. Press, of the eds.

Epilepsia · 862 citationsread the source →

A social neuroscience perspective on clinical empathy

Clinical empathy is an important element of quality health care. Empathic communication is associated with improved patient satisfaction, increased adherence to treatment, and fewer malpractice complaints 1. Patients' perceptions of their physicians' empathy are positively related to more favorable health outcomes 2-4. In addition to improving patient outcomes, clinical empathy is associated with increased overall well-being for the physician 5. High levels of practitioner empathy have been associated with decreased burnout, personal distress, depression and anxiety, along with increased life satisfaction and psychological well-being 6, 7. Despite increasing appreciation of the value of empathy, medical educators continue to struggle with how best to educate students and residents on empathy maintenance. There have been several promising creative approaches that have shown demonstrable short-term success 8. However, there is a lack of evidence for enduring success, that is, for interventions during medical education that will enable physicians to sustain empathy throughout their careers. A more comprehensive and precise understanding of the subcomponents of empathy and how they are influenced by stress and anxiety is needed in order to design targeted interventions. Empathy is difficult to define, and an operational definition remains elusive. In medicine, empathy has often been conceptualized as consisting of two primary features: cognitive empathy, defined as the ability to recognize and understand another's experience, to communicate and confirm that understanding with the other person, and to take effective action to then act appropriately in a helpful manner 9, and affective empathy, defined as emotional resonance with the patient 10. Cognitive empathy has been singled out as beneficial in the clinical relationship, while affective empathy has been viewed as interfering with the physician's ability to make effective diagnoses and facilitate better outcomes. This has resulted in the teaching and practice of “detached concern”, a process where physicians establish a certain emotional distance from their patients in order to maintain objectivity and limit exposure to the negative emotions routinely experienced by those patients 11. However, recent research has demonstrated that the underlying rationale for implementing a “detached concern” approach is no longer tenable. First, affective engagement contributes to empathy, improving cognitive accuracy as well as affective understanding 12. Second, patients respond differently to emotionally engaged physicians. Patients who perceive their physicians as emotionally attuned or genuinely concerned disclose more, are more adherent to treatment, and show greater agency in addressing serious health problems such as cancer 11. Furthermore, there is now convincing empirical evidence that cognitive and affective aspects interact in the experience of empathy 13. Finally, the primary motivation behind the “detached concern” approach, that emotional connection will necessarily lead individuals into emotional turmoil, is not supported by the literature 14. Despite the clear importance of empathy in clinical settings, many physicians experience difficulty empathizing with their patients. For instance, a study which coded interviews between physicians and lung cancer patients found that, out of 384 empathic opportunities – defined as patients' statements including an explicit description of emotion or patients' statements or clues that indicated an underlying emotion – physicians responded empathically to only 39 (10%), most often reacting with little emotional support and shifting to biomedical questions and statements 15. Using patient-physician interaction videos where students are taught to identify and code these types of empathic opportunities, as well as what would be appropriate empathic responses, could help them more effectively address those opportunities. Additionally, sustaining empathy during distressing moments begins with doctors learning to take their own emotional temperatures, so that they can notice when they are anxious and take a deep breath or count to ten before responding to the patient. Both implementing mindfulness skills 16 and learning to return focus on the patient by becoming curious about what the patient is most concerned about at that moment can help physicians maintain empathy 11. Intensive training in mindful communication has been shown to reduce psychological distress and burnout, and increase empathy 17. The vast majority of individuals have the capacity for empathy, and research suggests that medical students start school with similar or higher levels of empathy compared to an age-matched control group 18. However, empathy significantly declines over the course of medical school 10. The precise underlying causes of this decline are not well understood, and multiple factors likely play a role. The decrease has been attributed to a curriculum that promotes the objectification of the patient 19, increasing workload, mistreatment by supervisors, and lack of emotional support 6, 20. High levels of burnout, personal distress, depression and anxiety have also been found to contribute to the erosion of empathy in medical school 7, 20. Notably, the decline in empathy is not consistent across students. A longitudinal study of 446 medical students found two distinct groups, with 70% showing a significant decline on the Jefferson Scale of Physician Empathy, and 30% seeming to have protective factors that neutralize the erosion of empathy 10. This study demonstrated that individuals in patient oriented specialties showed less decline in empathy than those in technology oriented specialties, and suggested that students with individual traits that protect against empathy erosion self-select into the more patient focused specialties 10. This could be the case, or it could be that training for patient focused areas places more emphasis on skills such as listening to the patient and how to counteract objectification of the patient, important to maintaining empathy in a patient-physician interaction. Additionally, greater perceived social support from faculty and greater satisfaction with the learning quality of the environment have been associated with increased resilience to burnout, and high levels of stress and fatigue have been associated with decreased resilience to burnout 21. As increased burnout has previously been associated with decreased empathy in medical students 22, it is possible that these protective factors might also contribute to maintaining empathy. Empathy is a natural socio-emotional competency that has evolved with the mammalian brain to form and maintain social bonds, and which encompasses different components 13. Affective sharing, the first element of empathy to appear during ontogeny, refers to the unconscious sharing of the affective state of another, which can be assessed by measures of concordance of skin conductance (an index of autonomic arousal) between two individuals 23. Empathic understanding entails the conscious awareness of the emotional state of another person. Empathic concern refers to a motivation to care for someone in need. Successful emotion regulation enables the control of emotion, drive and motivation in the service of adaptive behavior. Even though these components are intertwined and not independent of one another, it is helpful to consider them separately, as each contributes to various aspects of the experience of empathy, and could be the target of specific interventions to promote clinical empathy in medical students 24. Recent work in social neuroscience using functional neuroimaging demonstrates that the affective, cognitive and regulatory components of empathy involve interacting neural circuits 25. Empathic arousal is mediated by strong bidirectional connections between the brainstem, amygdala and sensory cortices, as well as connections with the hypothalamus, insula and somatosensory cortex 13, 24. The cognitive aspects of empathy, such as emotion understanding and emotion regulation, are closely related to processes involved in perspective taking, self-regulation, and executive attention subserved by the medial prefrontal cortex, dorsolateral prefrontal cortex and temporo-parietal junction. Finally, the ability to feel concern and care for others has deep evolutionary roots that likely evolved in the context of parental care 26. Its neural underpinnings are found in subcortical neural systems similar to those known to regulate maternal behavior, especially the hypothalamus and orbitofrontal cortex 27. These components differently contribute to the experience of clinical empathy. Affective sharing may act as a gain antecedent to empathic understanding, while cognitive components are important for representing the mental states of self and other, necessary to make decisions in a medical context 24. Importantly, the type of emotion regulation an individual employs largely determines whether cognitive resources are drained or primed 28. Specifically, research shows that a detached perspective can quickly dampen emotional reactions or filter out emotional information. This can be adaptive to a surgeon while operating on his anesthetized patient, but maladaptive when the same physician interacts with his patient after the surgery 28. This example illustrates the flexibility of emotion regulation in clinical settings, depending on both the physician's goals and the patient's needs. The perception of pain in others acts as an empathic signal, alerting individuals that another person is at risk, attracting their attention and motivating social behaviors. The neural response to the pain and distress of others, a situation familiar to physicians, has been used in social neuroscience research as a window into the neurobiological underpinnings of empathy. Several regions involved in the experience of physical pain, including the anterior cingulate cortex, insula, periaqueductal gray, orbitofrontal cortex and amygdala, are activated by the perception or even the imagination of another individual in pain 29. Importantly, the pattern of neural response is highly flexible and can be modulated by a number of contextual, cognitive, social and interpersonal factors 25. In the context of medicine, two neuroimaging experiments examined the neurophysiological response to the perception of pain in physicians 30, 31. Physicians as well as matched non-physician controls underwent functional magnetic resonance imaging while watching videos of needles being inserted into another person's body parts (face, hands and feet), as well as videos of the same areas being touched by a cotton bud 30. Physicians showed significantly less activation in brain areas involved in empathy for pain (anterior cingulate cortex, insula) than did non-physicians. In addition, physicians showed significantly greater activation in areas involved in executive control, self-regulation, and mental states understanding. These findings suggest less empathic arousal and greater cognitive regulation of an emotional response among the physicians, and indicate that physicians' down-regulation of the pain response dampens their negative arousal to the pain of others. This may have beneficial consequences by freeing up cognitive resources necessary for being of assistance and perhaps even for expressing empathic concern. These results may also inform individual differences in empathic decline and professional distress. Meta-analyses show that clinicians' distress is a key determinant of empathy decline 6. Medical students who are most vulnerable to professional distress, which may lead to emotional exhaustion, detachment and a low sense of accomplishment, may be those who have difficulties regulating their negative emotions. On the other hand, students with overly suppressed pain responses and insufficient negative arousal will also have problems with empathy. Some modicum empathic arousal (or affective sharing) may be necessary to help physicians attune to and empathically understand patients' emotions. A positive emotional reappraisal requires emotional content from the patient to be reinterpreted, molding potentially important information once it is available 28. Empathic disposition varies across individuals, and these differences are likely in part accounted for by interactions between an individual's life history, psychological traits and genetic makeup. Attachment is one construct, first proposed by Bowlby 32, which appears to reside at the interface of all three of these determinants. Attachment theory offers a compelling framework for understanding one's capacity to connect with others and develop supportive relationships as coping resources, and predicts individual differences in empathy 33. Security of attachment correlates with the individual degree of empathy and successful emotion regulation, and is inversely related to pain report and emotional distress 34. Empirical research also indicates that attachment security provides a foundation for empathic concern and caregiving 35. Importantly, these attachment styles are relatively stable across the lifespan. In recent years, a great deal of work has begun to reveal some of the underlying neuroanatomical and neurochemical foundations of attachment-related processes and the variance in such attributes both between and within species 36. Such research has identified a number of neuropeptides that are clearly involved in an array of attachment-related social behaviors, including opioids, vasopressin and oxytocin. Oxytocin, for example, has been demonstrated to play a central role in the initiation of maternal behaviors, social recognition and pair bonding in rodents 37. Studies in humans have demonstrated that oxytocin infusion can modulate a number of attachment-related behaviors, including trust, generosity, empathic concern, and empathic accuracy 38. Oxytocin administration selectively reduces emotional arousal to threatening social images 39 and differentially modulates visual attention toward social signals of positive approach 40. Moreover, it appears that individuals lacking high quality social connections show significantly reduced responses to oxytocin administration 39, which may reflect reduced receptor sensitivity. Research into the influence of genetic variation within the oxytocin receptor has provided converging evidence of the role that oxytocin plays in human social behavior. Polymorphisms within the oxytocin receptor have been shown to be related to affiliative behavior, behavioral and dispositional empathy, and perceived social connectedness 41. Similarly, genetic variation in the oxytocin receptor is related to decreased neuroendocrine and autonomic reactivity to social stress and interacts with perceived social support to dampen physiological reactivity to social-evaluative threat 41. Importantly, this does not suggest that empathy-related behaviors are genetically determined. Particular alleles in the oxytocin receptor system (or vasopressin or opioid systems) previously considered “vulnerability genes” can actually be viewed as “plasticity genes” in that they allow some individuals to be more sensitive to the social environment in general 42. This is consistent with the observation of large individual differences in what can be viewed as a “biological sensitivity to context”, in which people are especially interpersonally adept in socially supportive environments and especially anxious and withdrawn in noxious environments 43. A meta-analysis of studies that evaluated various contextual influences on patient outcomes found that physicians who adopted a reassuring warm and friendly approach were more effective than those employing detached concern 44. Empathic medical care may provide patients with a sense of personal connection and perceived control over their health that results in more effective coping strategies, influencing health outcomes through chronic modulation of physiological stress responses. In fact, a quarter century of research in neuroendocrinology and stress physiology has clearly demonstrated that the perception of social support and stressor controllability can have profound influences on the hormonal, cardiovascular and immunological response to a broad array of physiological responses in both humans and non-human animal models 45. Indeed, perceived controllability over a stressor is associated with prefrontal cortex mediated regulation of limbic (amygdala and hypothalamus) and brainstem (dorsal raphe nucleus) structures associated with neuroendocrine and autonomic nervous system reactivity 45. This provides a direct pathway through which the perception of one's ability to control aspects of his/her disease is capable of regulating physiological processes ranging from glucose metabolism and blood pressure to immunomodulation and neurogenesis 46. Physicians routinely present information to their patients capable of generating substantial physiological stress responses. In many such cases, the physician-patient relationship represents the front line in the battle against disease, as it has the potential to shape the endogenous responses to illness-related stress that, in some cases, can have effects similar to pharmacological interventions 3. Empathic concern, as opposed to detached concern, allows physicians to better understand their patients and modify their approach to fit the individuals they are attempting to treat. Given the past quarter century of work showing that quality emotional connection has comparable influences on health outcomes as obesity and hypertension 47, it is clear that empathic approaches are needed for patient care. The current view of empathy in clinical practice is limited and focused primarily on self-reports of physicians, with little understanding of the mechanisms which contribute to declining empathy during medical school and a lack of empathy generally within the medical field. A better scientific understanding of the connections between the mechanisms involved in interpersonal sensitivity, empathy, and care-giving behavior is needed to help physicians maintain high levels of empathy in clinical practice while limiting burnout and personal distress 48. This understanding should be incorporated into research on the organizational and contextual factors that shape medical professionalization. It is now possible to bring to the study of clinical empathy a risk-vulnerability approach that promises to be both more precise and more comprehensive than previous research. This approach will increase our capacity to design better institutions and educational interventions to support empathy within clinical practice and to protect against its decline. Some interventions to improve empathy and communication between physicians and patients have already shown positive effects on both physicians' professional satisfaction and well-being. There is a need, however, for dedicated research to respond to the vital call for empathy enhancement in medicine with programs using social neuroscience-based knowledge. The writing of this paper was supported by grants from the John Templeton Foundation (The Science of Philanthropy Initiative and Wisdom Research at the University of Chicago) and from National Institutes of Health (R01MH087525; R01MH084934) to J. Decety.

World Psychiatry · 97 citationsread the source →

STAR*D: revising conventional wisdom.

The STAR*D (Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression) study used a series of sequenced, randomized treatment trials following a first and, if needed, subsequent treatment steps to define the tolerability and effectiveness of various options in both acute and longer term treatment. Adult outpatients (n=4041) with nonpsychotic major depressive disorder, substantial chronic and recurrent depression, and co-morbid psychiatric and general medical conditions were enrolled in 41 representative primary and specialty care settings. About one-third of participants remitted in first step treatment with citalopram, 50% of these within 6 weeks. Poorer outcomes were associated with minority status, socioeconomic disadvantage, more axis I and III co-morbid disorders, lower function and quality of life, and anxious and melancholic features. In step 2 medication switch, there were no significant differences in remission among within-class, out-of-class or dual-action agents: sertraline (27%), bupropion-sustained release (26%) and venlafaxine-extended release (25%). In step 2 medication augmentation of citalopram, there was no significant difference in remission between bupropion-sustained release (39%) and buspirone (33%), although participants using bupropion-sustained release had greater symptom reduction and better tolerability. There were no significant differences in remission in step 2 between cognitive therapy and medication treatment in either the switch (31% vs 27%) or augmentation (31% vs 33%) strategies, although participants in cognitive therapy augmentation had a longer time to remission than those in medication augmentation (55 vs 40 days). In step 3, there were no differences in remission between a switch to mirtazapine (8%) or nortriptyline (12%), or between augmentation with lithium (13%) or T(3) (triiodothyronine, liothyronine) [25%], although more participants discontinued lithium due to adverse effects than discontinued T(3). In the fourth step, there was no difference in remission between tranylcypromine (14%) or venlafaxine-extended release plus mirtazapine (16%), although the combination treatment had fewer adverse effects and had the advantages of not requiring a washout period or diet restrictions. Participants requiring more than two well delivered treatments may be characterized as treatment resistant given the substantially lower remission rates after that point. Treatment resistance was associated with more concurrent axis I or III co-morbid conditions, socioeconomic disadvantage, chronicity and melancholic or anxious features. However, if participants remained in treatment for up to four steps, about 67% reached remission. Times to remission were not substantially longer for later treatment steps. The importance of reaching remission is highlighted by the lower relapse rates in naturalistic follow-up for participants entering in remission compared with those entering with response but not remission (step 1: 34% vs 59%; step 2: 47% vs 68%; step 3: 42% vs 76%; step 4: 50% vs 83%). Clinical decision making based on the itemized measurement of symptoms and adverse effects at each treatment visit was feasible in STAR*D's real world settings and resulted in adequate dosages and durations of treatment that generally exceeded those typically found in practice settings. Although switch and augmentation strategies could not be directly compared due to the equipoise stratified randomized design, the higher remission rates at step 2 with medication augmentation are intriguing and merit further study.

CNS drugs · 236 citationsread the source →

Pediatric critical care nurses' perceptions, knowledge, and attitudes regarding organ donation after cardiac death.

Objective: Donation after cardiac death (DCD) is being implemented nationwide in the United States to increase the number of organ donors. Pediatric critical care nurses (PCRNs) are key facilitators in the organ donation process. This study assesses their perception, level of knowledge, and understanding of DCD and the effect of an educational intervention. Design: Anonymous questionnaire administered before and after an educational intervention. Setting: Children's hospital with 39 pediatric and cardiac/transplant intensive care unit beds. Subjects: PCRNs in these intensive care units. Interventions: DCD education. Measurements and main results: Response to the initial questionnaire was 93 of 123 (76%): 63% of PCRNs supported organ donation, 69% felt it gives meaning and worth to death, and 76% felt that it contributes positively to the donating family's grieving process. Ninety-five percent agreed that DCD patients have a right to pain medications, and 92% supported such medications even if they hasten death. However, 11% feared that the DCD donor feels pain and suffering. Fourteen percent felt that a 5-min observation period after asystole is insufficient to pronounce death, and 8% feared legal repercussions. PCRNs scored lower on questions assessing their knowledge (p < .01), their comfort answering family questions (p < .05), and their comfort in calling the organ procurement agency about DCD donors compared with similar questions about brain-dead donors. One month after 104 PCRNs attended the educational intervention, 64 (62%) completed a follow-up survey. Correct identification of the DCD process improved from 20% to 79%. Confidence with knowledge, comfort answering family questions, and comfort in calling the organ procurement agency about DCD donors improved by 41%, 25%, and 18%, respectively. Conclusions: PCRNs are generally supportive of organ donation but have a self-perceived and objectively identified knowledge deficit regarding DCD, resulting in their being unprepared to identify potential DCD donors or handle family questions. A simple educational intervention can improve PCRNs' knowledge of the DCD process and their confidence and comfort with this process. As DCD policies are implemented, specific interventions should target these key members of the intensive care unit team.

Pediatric critical care medicine : a journal of the Society of Critical Care Medicine and the World Federation of Pediatric Intensive and Critical Care Societies · 29 citationsread the source →

Maternal mental health is associated with child undernutrition and illness in Bangladesh, Vietnam and Ethiopia.

Objective: We assessed associations of maternal common mental disorders (CMD) with undernutrition and two common illnesses in children aged 0-5 years. Design: Cross-sectional survey. Maternal CMD was measured using the WHO Self-Reporting Questionnaire-20. Child undernutrition was defined as stunting, underweight or wasting. Child illnesses included diarrhoea and acute respiratory infections (ARI). Multivariate logistic regression was used to test these associations adjusting for confounders at child, maternal and household levels. Setting: Bangladesh, Vietnam and Ethiopia. Subjects: Mothers with children aged 0-5 years from 4400 households in Bangladesh, 4029 households in Vietnam and 3000 households in Ethiopia. Results: The prevalence of maternal CMD was high, ranging from 31 % in Vietnam to 49 % in Bangladesh. Child undernutrition was more prevalent in Bangladesh and Ethiopia than in Vietnam. Symptoms of ARI and diarrhoea were also prevalent. In multivariate analysis, maternal CMD was associated with child stunting in Bangladesh (OR = 1·21; 95 % CI 1·03, 1·41) and with child underweight in Vietnam (OR = 1·27; 95 % CI 1·01, 1·61); no association was found with wasting. Maternal CMD was strongly associated with diarrhoea and ARI in all three countries. Conclusions: Maternal CMD, which affected nearly half of women in Bangladesh and one-third in Vietnam, was an important determinant of child stunting and underweight, respectively. No such association was found in Ethiopia, although CMD affected 39 % of women. Maternal CMD was strongly associated with childhood illnesses in all three countries. Interventions to support maternal mental health are important for women's own well-being and could make important contributions to improving child health and nutrition.

Public health nutrition · 72 citationsread the source →

Sympathetic activity in major depressive disorder: identifying those at increased cardiac risk?

Background: Evidence exists linking major depressive disorder (MDD) with clinical cardiovascular events. The importance of the sympathetic nervous system in the generation of cardiac risk in other contexts is established. Objective: To examine the importance of the sympathetic nervous system in the generation of cardiac risk in patients with major depressive disorder (MDD). Methods: Studies were performed in 39 patients meeting the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders IV (DSM-IV) criteria for MDD and in 76 healthy subjects. Treatment for patients consisted of selective serotonin reuptake inhibition (SSRI) for 12 weeks. Whole body and cardiac sympathetic activity were examined using noradrenaline isotope dilution methodology and sympathetic nerve recording techniques. Measurement of the extraction of infused tritiated noradrenaline by the heart, and estimation of cardiac dihydroxyphenylglycol production provided direct quantification of neuronal noradrenaline reuptake. Results: Sympathetic activity, particularly in the heart and for the whole body, in patients with MDD followed a bimodal distribution. Elevated values were observed in patients with co-morbid panic disorder (P = 0.006). Consistent with a defect in noradrenaline reuptake, the cardiac extraction of tritiated noradrenaline (0.80 +/- 0.01 versus 0.56 +/- 0.04%, P < 0.001) and cardiac dihydroxyphenylglycol overflow (109 +/- 8 versus 73 +/- 11, P = 0.01) were reduced in patients with MDD. SSRI therapy abolished the excessive sympathetic activation, with whole body noradrenaline spillover falling from 518 +/- 83 to 290 +/- 41 ng/min (P = 0.008). Conclusions: We have identified a subset of patients with MDD in whom sympathetic nervous activity is extraordinarily high, including in the sympathetic outflow to the heart. Treatment with an SSRI may reduce sympathetic activity in a manner likely to reduce cardiac risk.

Journal of hypertension · 201 citationsread the source →

Persistence of multiple illnesses in World Trade Center rescue and recovery workers: a cohort study.

Background: More than 50,000 people participated in the rescue and recovery work that followed the Sept 11, 2001 (9/11) attacks on the World Trade Center (WTC). Multiple health problems in these workers were reported in the early years after the disaster. We report incidence and prevalence rates of physical and mental health disorders during the 9 years since the attacks, examine their associations with occupational exposures, and quantify physical and mental health comorbidities. Methods: In this longitudinal study of a large cohort of WTC rescue and recovery workers, we gathered data from 27,449 participants in the WTC Screening, Monitoring, and Treatment Program. The study population included police officers, firefighters, construction workers, and municipal workers. We used the Kaplan-Meier procedure to estimate cumulative and annual incidence of physical disorders (asthma, sinusitis, and gastro-oesophageal reflux disease), mental health disorders (depression, post-traumatic stress disorder [PTSD], and panic disorder), and spirometric abnormalities. Incidence rates were assessed also by level of exposure (days worked at the WTC site and exposure to the dust cloud). Findings: 9-year cumulative incidence of asthma was 27·6% (number at risk: 7027), sinusitis 42·3% (5870), and gastro-oesophageal reflux disease 39·3% (5650). In police officers, cumulative incidence of depression was 7·0% (number at risk: 3648), PTSD 9·3% (3761), and panic disorder 8·4% (3780). In other rescue and recovery workers, cumulative incidence of depression was 27·5% (number at risk: 4200), PTSD 31·9% (4342), and panic disorder 21·2% (4953). 9-year cumulative incidence for spirometric abnormalities was 41·8% (number at risk: 5769); three-quarters of these abnormalities were low forced vital capacity. Incidence of most disorders was highest in workers with greatest WTC exposure. Extensive comorbidity was reported within and between physical and mental health disorders. Interpretation: 9 years after the 9/11 WTC attacks, rescue and recovery workers continue to have a substantial burden of physical and mental health problems. These findings emphasise the need for continued monitoring and treatment of the WTC rescue and recovery population. Funding: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.

Lancet (London, England) · 230 citationsread the source →